NEC MultiSync FE FE991SB, FE991SB (A)/-BK(A)/(B) monitor SERVICE MANUAL

पीडीएफ

दस्तावेज़

PART NO. 599910597

SERVICE MANUAL

COLOR MONITOR

MultiSync



FE991SB

MODELS FE991SB (A)/-BK(A)/(B)

NEC-MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC VISUAL SYSTEMS CORPORATION

JUNE 2002

200207

08109709 08109710

08109711

WARNING

The SERVICE PERSONNEL should have the appropriate technical training, knowledge and experience necessary to:

• Be familiar with specialized test equipment, and

• Be careful to follow all safety procedures associated with high voltage CRT circuit designs to minimize danger to themselves and their coworkers.

To avoid electrical shocks, this equipment should be used with an appropriate power code and be connected only to a properly grounded AC outlet.

This equipment utilized a micro-gap power switch. Turn off the set by first pushing the front panel power switch. Next, remove the power cord from the AC outlet.

To prevent fire or shock hazards, do not expose this unit to rain or moisture.

This symbol warns the personnel that un-insulated voltage within the unit may have sufficient magnitude to cause electric shock.

This symbol alerts the personnel that important literature concerning the operation and maintenance of this unit has been included.

Therefore, it should be read carefully in order to avoid any problems.

PRODUCT SAFETY CAUTION

1. When parts replacement is required for servicing, always use the manufacturer's specified replacement.

2. Comply with all caution and safety-related notes on the product display chassis and picture tube.

3. When replacing the component, always be certain that all the components are put back in the place.

4. When servicing display monitor unit, it is required that the provided lead dress is used in the high voltage circuit area.

5. It is also recommended that shatter proof goggles are worn, when removing installing and handling the picture tube. People not equipped with the proper precautionary measures mentioned should keep the picture tube away from body while handling.

6. As for a connector, pick and extract housing with fingers properly since a disconnection and improper contacts may occur, when wires of the connector are led.

7. Use a proper screwdriver. If you use screwdriver that does not fit, you may damage the screws.

8. X-radiation precaution

This product contains critical electrical and mechanical parts essential for X-ray protection.

Normal anode voltage is 26.0 kV at zero beam picture tube current under AC 100-120V/220-240V input, and anode voltage must not exceed the voltages shown below under any operation condition.

To measure anode voltage set brightness for very dim picture, and use a high impedance volt meter between chassis and anode lead and measure high voltage.

If high voltage exceeds the specifications on the chassis schematic diagram, take the necessary corrective action. beam current

A/B Ver.

Table MAXIMUM ANODE VOLTAGE at 0 mA

31.0 kV at 0.6 mA

30.5 kV at 1.2 mA

30.5 kV

9. When you degauss the set with an external degaussing coil, you must keep strictly item “ * Notes about degaussing method “ of ADJUSTMENT Procedures.

Page No.

USER'S MANUAL .................................................................................................. 1-1

SERIAL NUMBER INFORMATION ....................................................................... 2-1

DISASSEMBLY ...................................................................................................... 3-1

ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURES ............................................................................ 4-1

INSPECTION ......................................................................................................... 5-1

TROUBLE SHOOTING .......................................................................................... 6-1

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION ....................................................................................... 7-1

REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST .............................................................................. 8-1

BLOCK DIAGRAMS .............................................................................................. 9-1

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS .................................................................................... 10-1

User's Manual

1. A Version

MultiSync ® FE791

TM /FE991

1-1

Index

Warning .................................................................................................. 1

Contents ............................................................................................... 2

Quick Start ........................................................................................... 3

Controls ................................................................................................ 5

Recommended Use ............................................................................. 8

Specifications .................................................................................... 10

Features .............................................................................................. 12

Troubleshooting .................................................................................14

References .......................................................................................... 15

Limited Warranty .............................................................................. 16

TCO’95 .................................................................................................. 17

TCO’99 .................................................................................................. 19

Avertissement ................................................................................... 23

Contenu .............................................................................................. 24

Mise en marche rapide .................................................................... 25

Commandes ....................................................................................... 27

Usage recommandé .......................................................................... 30

Fiche technique ................................................................................ 32

Fonctions ............................................................................................ 34

Dépannage ......................................................................................... 36

Références ..........................................................................................37

Garantie limitée ................................................................................ 38

TCO’95 ................................................................................................. 39

TCO’99 ..................................................................................................41

Sicherheitsvorkehrungen ............................................................... 44

1-2

WARNING

TO PREVENT FIRE OR SHOCK HAZARDS, DO NOT EXPOSE THIS UNIT TO RAIN OR MOISTURE. ALSO, DO NOT USE

THIS UNIT'S POLARIZED PLUG WITH AN EXTENSION CORD RECEPTACLE OR OTHER OUTLETS UNLESS THE PRONGS

CAN BE FULLY INSERTED.

REFRAIN FROM OPENING THE CABINET AS THERE ARE HIGH VOLTAGE COMPONENTS INSIDE. REFER SERVICING

TO QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL.

CAUTION

RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK • DO NOT OPEN

CAUTION: TO REDUCE THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, DO NOT REMOVE COVER (OR BACK). NO USER

SERVICEABLE PARTS INSIDE. REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL.

This symbol warns user that uninsulated voltage within the unit may have sufficient magnitude to cause electric shock. Therefore, it is dangerous to make any kind of contact with any part inside this unit.

This symbol alerts the user that important literature concerning the operation and maintenance of this unit has been included. Therefore, it should be read carefully in order to avoid any problems.

Canadian Department of Communications Compliance Statement

DOC: This Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian

Interference-Causing Equipment Regulations.

C-UL: Bears the C-UL Mark and is in compliance with Canadian Safety Regulations according to C.S.A. C22.2 No. 950.

FCC Information

1. Use the attached specified cables with the MultiSync FE color monitor so as not to interfere with radio and television reception.

(1) Please use the supplied power cord or equivalent to ensure FCC compliance.

(2) Shielded captive type signal cable.

Use of other cables and adapters may cause intereference with radio and television reception.

2. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy, and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.

• Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.

• Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.

• Consult your dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.

Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment.

If necessary, the user should contact the dealer or an experienced radio/television technician for additional suggestions. The user may find the following booklet, prepared by the Federal Communications Commission, helpful: ”How to Identify and Resolve

Radio-TV Interference Problems.“ This booklet is available from the U.S. Government

Printing Office, Washington, D.C., 20402, Stock No. 004-000-00345-4.

1-3

Your new NEC MultiSync ® following:

FE monitor box* should contain the

• MultiSync FE Monitor with tilt/swivel base

• Power Cord

• Captive Signal Cable

• User’s Manual

Captive Signal Cable

MultiSync ® FE791 SB TM /FE991 SB TM

User’s Manual

Power Cord

* Remember to save your original box and packing material to transport or ship the monitor.

1-4

Quick Start

To attach the FE monitor to your system, follow these instructions:

1. Turn off the power to your computer.

2. If necessary, install the display card into your system. For more information, refer to the display card manual.

3. For the PC: Connect the 15-pin mini D-SUB of the captive signal cable to the connector of the display card in your system (Figure A.1). Tighten all screws.

For the Mac: Connect the MultiSync FE Macintosh cable adapter (not included) to the monitor connector on the Macintosh (Figure B.1). Attach the 15-pin mini D-SUB end of the captive signal cable to the MultiSync FE Macintosh cable adapter on the computer (Figure B.1). Tighten all screws.

NOTE: To obtain the MultiSync FE Macintosh cable adapter, call

NEC-Mitsubishi Electronics Display of America, Inc. at (800) 632-4662.

4. For download information on the Windows

95/98/Me/2000/XP INF file for your MultiSync monitor, refer to the References section of this User’s

Manual.

5. Connect one end of the power cord to the MultiSync FE monitor and the other end to the power outlet (Figure C.1).

6. Turn on the monitor (Figure D.1) and the computer.

NOTE: If you have any problems, please refer to the Troubleshooting section of this User’s Manual.

Figure A.1

Figure B.1

15-pin mini

D-SUB

Captive Signal Cable

Mac Adapter

(Not Included)

Captive Signal Cable

1-5

Quick Start

–continued

Figure C.1

Figure D.1

Power Button

1-6

Controls

OSM ™ (On-Screen Manager) control buttons on the front of the monitor function as follows:

EXIT

CONTROL

Main Menu

Exits the OSM menu.

Moves the highlighted area left/right to select one of the sub-menus.

Sub-Menu

Exits to the OSM controls main menu.

Moves the highlighted area left/right to select one of the controls.

CONTROL

–/+

Has no function.

Moves the bar in the – or + direction to decrease or increase the adjustment.

SELECT/

SBMODE

Enters sub-menu.

Has no function.

RESET

NOTE:

Resets all the controls within the highlighted menu to the factory setting.

Resets the highlighted control to the factory setting.

When RESET is pressed in the main and sub-menu, a warning window will appear allowing you to cancel the reset function.

When the OSM is off, it will act as the SuperBright (SB) function key. User can select between SB MODE OFF, SB MODE1, and SB MODE2. The first time this key is pressed, the current SB Mode is indicated. Within a 3 second window, if this key is selected again, the SB MODE will change to the next SB MODE. For example, the current mode is SB MODE OFF, the key is pressed twice within a 3 second time frame, the SB MODE will change to SB MODE1 and so on. The color temperature at each SB

Mode is adjusted by appropriate color control except for the sRGB mode whose color setting cannot be adjusted. When the unit is turned off, it will reset to SB off mode.

Brightness/Contrast Controls

Brightness:

Adjusts the overall image and background screen brightness.

Contrast:

Adjusts the image brightness in relation to the background.

Degauss:

Eliminates the buildup of stray magnetic fields which alter the correct scan of the electron beams and affect the purity of the screen colors, focus and convergence. When activated, your screen image will jump and waver a bit as the screen is demagnetized.

Caution: Please allow a minimum of 20 minutes to elapse between uses of the Degauss Control.

Size and Position Controls

Left/Right:

Moves the image horizontally (left or right).

Down/Up:

Moves the image vertically (up or down).

Narrow/Wide:

Decreases or increases the horizontal size of the image.

Short/Tall:

Decreases or increases the vertical size of the image.

1-7

Controls

–continued

Color Control/AccuColor

Control System

Color presets selects the desired color setting. The bar is replaced by the color setting choice. Each color setting is adjusted at the factory to the stated Kelvin. If a setting is adjusted, the name of the setting will change from Kelvin to Custom except sRGB mode.

Red, Green, Blue:

AccuColor Control System decreases or increases the monitor's red, green or blue color guns depending upon which is selected. The change in color will appear on screen and the direction (decrease or increase) will be shown by the bars.

sRGB mode:

sRGB mode provides the suitable color managed picture image. You can not change Red, Green and Blue colors, brightness and contrast individually.

Color Temperature Adjustment:

Adjusts the color temperature of the screen image.

Geometry Controls

Geometry Controls Menu

The Geometry controls allow you to adjust the curvature or angle of the sides of your display.

Sides In/Out (pincushion):

Decreases or increases the curvature of the sides either inward or outward.

Sides Left/Right (pincushion balance):

Decreases or increases the curvature of the sides either to the left or right.

Sides Tilt (parallelogram):

Decreases or increases the tilt of the sides either to the left or right.

Sides Align (trapezoidal):

Decreases or increases the bottom of the screen to be the same as the top.

Rotate (raster rotation):

Rotates the entire display clockwise or counterclockwise.

Corner Correction:

Allows you to adjust the geometry of the corners of your display — Top or Bottom.

Tools 1

Moiré Canceler:

Moiré is a wavy pattern which can sometimes appear on the screen.

The pattern is repetitive and superimposed as rippled images. When running certain applications, the wavy pattern is more evident than in others. To reduce moiré, adjust the level by using –/+ CONTROL buttons.

Linearity:

This selection allows you to adjust the spacing of the area on the screen. The purpose of this control is to ensure that a one-inch circle is a true one-inch circle wherever it is on the screen. The best way to determine the vertical linearity is as follows:

• Draw equally spaced horizontal lines using a drawing application that has a ruler.

• Use the Vertical Balance control to adjust the lines near the top and bottom of your screen.

• Use the LINEARITY (VER.) control to adjust the spacing between the lines near the center and top of your screen.

Convergence (FE991SB only) :

Aligns all three colors (R,G,B) to form a single color (white). The purpose of this control is to ensure that a white line drawn on the screen is as crisp and clear as possible.

1-8

Controls

–continued

• Use the CONVERGENCE (HOR.) control to adjust the alignment of the lines in the up/ down direction.

• Use the CONVERGENCE (VER.) control to adjust the alignment of the lines in the left/right direction.

Tools 2

Language:

OSM controls menus are available in 6 languages.

OSM Position:

You can choose where you would like the OSM controls menu to appear on your screen. Selecting OSM Position allows you to manually adjust the

OSM controls menu position from among Center, Top left, Top right, Bottom left and Bottom right.

OSM Turn Off:

The OSM controls menu will stay on as long as it is in use. In the

OSM Turn Off sub-menu, you can select how long the monitor waits after the last touch of a button for the OSM controls menu to disappear. The preset choices are 10 thru 120 seconds.

OSM Lock Out

: This control completely locks out access to all OSM controls functions except Brightness and Contrast. When attempting to activate OSM controls while in the lock out mode, a screen will appear indicating that OSM controls are locked out. To activate the OSM Lock Out function, press SELECT and hold + down simultaneously. To deactivate the OSM Lock Out, press SELECT and hold + down simultaneously.

IPM ™ System Off Mode:

Enable: The IPM System works normally and all stages of energy savings are utilized.

Disable: The Off Mode of the IPM System is not used.

NOTE: For standard systems and graphics boards, keep the factory setting at ENABLE.

EdgeLock ™ Control:

Operating your monitor at a nonstandard timing may cause images to appear darker than normal or have color distortion. Use of the

EdgeLock control will adjust images to their normal state.

Hot Key:

This selection allows you to use as brightness control and –/+ as contrast control.

Factory Preset:

Selecting Factory Preset allows you a reset most OSM ™ control settings back to the factory settings. A warning statement will appear to confirm that you do want to reset ALL settings. Individual settings can be reset by highlighting the control to be reset and pressing the RESET button.

Information

Display Mode:

Indicates the current mode and frequency setting of the monitor.

Monitor Info:

Indicates the model and serial numbers of your monitor.

Refresh Notifier:

A message will advise you if the refresh rate of the signal being applied to the monitor by the computer is too low. For further information, please refer to your display card or system manual.

1-9

Recommended Use

Safety Precautions and Maintenance

FOR OPTIMUM PERFORMANCE, PLEASE NOTE THE

FOLLOWING WHEN SETTING UP AND USING

THE MULTISYNC ® FE COLOR MONITOR:

• DO NOT OPEN THE MONITOR.

There are no user serviceable parts inside and opening or removing covers may expose you to dangerous shock hazards or other risks. Refer all servicing to qualified service personnel.

•

Do not spill any liquids into the cabinet or use your monitor near water.

•

Do not insert objects of any kind into the cabinet slots, as they may touch dangerous voltage points, which can be harmful or fatal or may cause electric shock, fire or equipment failure.

•

Do not place any heavy objects on the power cord. Damage to the cord may cause shock or fire.

•

Do not place this product on a sloping or unstable cart, stand or table, as the monitor may fall, causing serious damage to the monitor.

•

Keep the monitor away from high capacity transformers, electric motors and other devices such as external speakers or fans, which may create strong magnetic fields.

•

If possible, position the monitor so that it is facing the east to minimize the effects of the earth’s magnetic field.

•

Changing the direction of the monitor while it is powered on may cause image discoloration. To correct this, turn the monitor off for 20 minutes before powering it back on.

•

When operating the MultiSync FE with its AC 220-240V worldwide power supply, use a power supply cord that matches the power supply voltage of the AC power outlet being used. The power supply cord you use must have been approved by and comply with the safety standards of your country. (Type H05VV-F should be used except in UK)

•

In UK, use a BS-approved power cord with molded plug having a black (5A) fuse installed for use with this monitor. If a power cord is not supplied with this monitor, please contact your supplier.

Cleaning Your Monitor

A special coating is provided on the glass (CRT) surface of this monitor to reduce a reflection and static electricity on the glass surface. Due to the delicate coating on the glass surface, use a lint-free, non-abrasive cloth (cotton or equivalent) and a non-alcohol, neutral, non-abrasive cleaning solution to minimize dust. If the screen requires more than a light cleaning, apply a soft neutral detergent and water directly to a soft cloth and use it upon wringing water, to clean the glass surface. Clean your monitor regularly.

CAUTION:

The following agents will cause damage to the CRT when cleaning the glass surface:

Benzene, thinner, acid/alkaline detergent, alcohol detergent, detergent with abrasive powder, detergent with anti-static agent, detergent for cleaning.

Immediately unplug your monitor from the wall outlet and refer servicing to qualified service personnel under the following conditions:

•

When the power supply cord or plug is damaged.

•

If liquid has been spilled, or objects have fallen into the monitor.

•

If the monitor has been exposed to rain or water.

•

If the monitor has been dropped or the cabinet damaged.

•

If the monitor does not operate normally by following operating instructions.

CAUTION

•

Allow adequate ventilation around the monitor so that heat can properly dissipate. Do not block ventilated openings or place the monitor near a radiator or other heat sources. Do not put anything on top of monitor.

•

The power cable connector is the primary means of detaching the system from the power supply. The monitor should be installed close to a power outlet which is easily accessible.

•

Handle with care when transporting. Save packaging for transporting.

1-10

Recommended Use

–continued

CORRECT PLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT OF THE MONITOR

CAN REDUCE EYE, SHOULDER AND NECK FATIGUE. CHECK THE

FOLLOWING WHEN YOU POSITION THE MONITOR:

•

Adjust the monitor height so that the top of the screen is at or slightly below eye level.

Your eyes should look slightly downward when viewing the middle of the screen.

•

Position your monitor no closer than 16 inches and no further away than 24 inches from your eyes. The optimal distance is 20 inches.

•

Rest your eyes periodically by focusing on an object at least 20 feet away. Blink often.

•

Position the monitor at a 90

° angle to windows and other light sources to minimize glare and reflections. Adjust the monitor tilt so that ceiling lights do not reflect on your screen.

•

If reflected light makes it hard for you to see your screen, use an anti-glare filter.

•

Clean your monitor regularly. Use a lint-free, non-abrasive cloth and a non-alcohol, neutral, non-abrasive cleaning solution or glass cleaner to minimize dust.

•

Adjust the monitor’s brightness and contrast controls to enhance readability.

•

Use a document holder placed close to the screen.

•

Position whatever you are looking at most of the time (the screen or reference material) directly in front of you to minimize turning your head while you are typing.

•

Get regular eye checkups.

Ergonomics

To realize the maximum ergonomics benefits, we recommend the following:

• Adjust the Brightness until the background raster disappears

• Do not position the Contrast control to its maximum setting

• Use the preset Size and Position controls with standard signals

• Use the preset Color Setting and Sides Left/Right controls

• Use non-interlaced signals with a vertical refresh rate between 75-120Hz

• Do not use primary color blue on a dark background, as it is difficult to see and may produce eye fatigue due to insufficient contrast

For more detailed information on setting up a healthy work environment, call NEC -

Mitsubishi Electronics Display of America at (888) NEC-MITS, NEC FastFacts ™ information at (800) 366-0476 and request document #900108 or write the American National

Standard for Human Factors Engineering of Visual Display Terminal Workstations – ANSI-

HFS Standard No. 100-1988 – The Human Factors Society, Inc. P.O. Box 1369, Santa

Monica, California 90406.

1-11

Specifications

Monitor

Specifications

Picture Tube

Diagonal:

Viewable Image Size:

Radius:

Input Signal

Display Colors

Synchronization

Range

Analog input:

Horizontal:

Vertical:

Resolutions Supported

Resolution based on horizontal and vertical frequencies only

Active Display Area

(Factory Setting)

Active Display Area

(Full Scan)

Power Supply

Current Rating

Dimensions

Weight

Video:

Sync:

Horizontal:

Vertical:

MultiSync

791SB

Monitor

Notes

17 inch

16 inch

50,000 mm

315 mm/12.4 inches

236 mm/9.3 inches

325 mm/12.8 inches

244 mm/9.6 inches

AC 100 – 240 V, 50-60 Hz

1.9A @ 100-240 V

° deflection, 0.25 mm grille pitch, medium short persistence phosphor, aperture grille CRT, multi-layered, anti-static screen coating, dark-tint screen and OptiClear ® screen.

ANALOG 0.7 Vp-p/75 Ohms

Separate sync. TTL Level

Horizontal sync. Positive/Negative

Vertical sync. Positive/Negative

Composite sync. (Positive/Negative) (TTL Level)

Unlimited number of Colors

30 kHz to 96 kHz

50 Hz to 160 Hz

Depends on display card used.

Automatically

640 x 480 @ 60 to 160 Hz

800 x 600 @ 50 to 146 Hz

832 x 624 @ 50 to 141 Hz

Some systems may not support all modes listed.

1024 x 768 @ 50 to 116 Hz ...................... NEC-Mitsubishi Electronics Display cites

1152 x 870 @ 50 to 103 Hz

1280 x 1024 @ 50 to 89 Hz

1600 x 1200 @ 50 to 76 Hz recommended resolution at 85 Hz for optimal display performance.

Dependent upon signal timing used, and does not include border area.

397 mm (W) x 392 mm (H) x 415.5 mm (D)

15.6 inches (W) x 15.4 inches (H) x 16.4 inches (D)

17.2 kg

37.9 lbs

Environmental Considerations

Operating Temperature:

Humidity:

Feet:

Storage Temperature:

Humidity:

Feet:

°C to +35°C / +50°F to +90°F

10% to 90%

0 to 10,000 Feet

-20

°C to +60°C / -4°F to +140°F

10% to 90%

0 to 50,000 Feet

NOTE: Technical specifications are subject to change without notice.

1-12

Specifications

–continued

Monitor

Specifications

Picture Tube

Diagonal:

Viewable Image Size:

Radius:

Input Signal

Display Colors

Synchronization

Range

Analog input:

Horizontal:

Vertical:

Resolutions Supported

Resolution based on horizontal and vertical frequencies only

Active Display Area

(Factory Setting)

Active Display Area

(Full Scan)

Power Supply

Current Rating

Dimensions

Weight

Video:

Sync:

Horizontal:

Vertical:

MultiSync

991SB

Monitor

Notes

19 inch

18 inch

50,000 mm

356 mm/14.0 inches

266 mm/10.5 inches

366 mm/14.4 inches

274 mm/10.8 inches

AC 100 – 240 V, 50-60 Hz

2.2A @ 100-240 V

° deflection, 0.25/0.27 mm grille pitch, medium short persistence phosphor, aperture grille CRT, multi-layered, anti-static screen coating, dark-tint screen and OptiClear ® screen.

ANALOG 0.7 Vp-p/75 Ohms

Separate sync. TTL Level

Horizontal sync. Positive/Negative

Vertical sync. Positive/Negative

Composite sync. (Positive/Negative) (TTL Level)

Unlimited number of Colors

30 kHz to 96 kHz

50 Hz to 160 Hz

Depends on display card used.

Automatically

640 x 480 @ 60 to 160 Hz

800 x 600 @ 50 to 146 Hz

832 x 624 @ 50 to 141 Hz

1024 x 768 @ 50 to 116 Hz

Some systems may not support all modes listed.

NEC-Mitsubishi Electronics Display cites

1152 x 870 @ 50 to 103 Hz recommended resolution at 85 Hz for

1280 x 1024 @ 50 to 89 Hz ..................... optimal display performance.

1600 x 1200 @ 50 to 76 Hz

1792 x 1344 @ 50 to 68 Hz

Dependent upon signal timing used, and does not include border area.

442 mm (W) x 443 mm (H) x 447.5 mm (D)

17.4 inches (W) x 17.4 inches (H) x 17.6 inches (D)

22.7 kg

50.0 lbs

Environmental Considerations

Operating Temperature:

Humidity:

Feet:

Storage Temperature:

Humidity:

Feet:

+5 °C to +35°C / +50°F to +90°F

10% to 90%

0 to 10,000 Feet

-20

°C to +60°C / -4°F to +140°F

10% to 90%

0 to 50,000 Feet

NOTE: Technical specifications are subject to change without notice.

1-13

Features

SuperBright

Diamondtron

CRT :

This patented flat aperture grille CRT delivers an exceptional viewing experience with unprecedented brightness and contrast and a virtually flat image that reduces distortion and glare so that what you see on-screen is what you get on your printed output. The state-of-the-art Mitsubishi

PX-DBF

electron gun and tight 0.25mm grille pitch delivers precise focus for crisp, clear text and images.

SuperBright

Mode :

With the simple touch of a button, the brightness level of the Diamondtron CRT doubles. This function enhances the crispness of images for clarity-conscious applications such as graphics, animation and video.

Super Bright Mode OFF:

for text based images (normal use)

Super Bright Mode-1 ON:

for images

Super bright Mode-2 ON:

for moving image such as DVD movies

OptiClear ® Screen Surface:

Further reduces reflection and glare and increases contrast without sacrificing focus level, clarity or brightness.

Dual Dynamic Beam Focus:

Provides precise, continuous focus adjustments of the electron beams and optimum image quality, even to the far edges of the screen.

AccuColor ® Control System with sRGB:

Allows you to change between five color settings on your display to match your personal preference. The sRGB-enabled color matching setting found within AccuColor helps achieve a consistent color environment with other sRGB-enabled hardware and software applications.

On Screen Manager (OSM

) Controls:

Allows you to quickly and easily adjust all elements of your screen image via simple to use on-screen menus.

ErgoDesign ® Features:

Enhances human ergonomics to improve the working environment, protect the health of the user and save money. Examples include

OSM controls for quick and easy image adjustments, tilt/swivel base for preferred angle of vision, space-conscious cabinet design and compliance with

MPRII guidelines for lower emissions.

Plug and Play:

The Microsoft

solution with the Windows

95/98/Me/2000/XP operating system facilitates setup and installation by allowing the monitor to send its capabilities (such as screen size and resolutions supported) directly to your computer, automatically optimizing display performance.

Intelligent Power Manager (IPM™) System:

Provides innovative power-saving methods that allow the monitor to shift to a lower power consumption level when on but not in use, saving two-thirds of your monitor energy costs, reducing emissions and lowering the air conditioning costs of the workplace.

1-14

Features

–continued

Reduced Magnetic Field™ Technology:

Reduces magnetic and alternating electric field emissions and static electricity, addressing ergonomic concerns regarding potential risks from extended computer monitor use.

Multiple Frequency Technology:

Automatically adjusts monitor to the display card’s scanning frequency, thus displaying the resolution required.

FullScan™ Capability:

Allows you to use the entire screen area in most resolutions, significantly expanding image size.

1-15

Troubleshooting

No picture

• Display card should be completely seated in its slot.

• Power Button and computer power switch should be in the ON position.

• Signal cable should be completely connected to display card/computer.

• Check connector for bent or pushed-in pins.

Image is scrolling or unstable

• Signal cable should be completely attached to the computer.

• Check pin assignments and signal timings of the monitor and your display card with respect to recommended timings and pin assignments.

• If the Macintosh cable adapter is used, check for proper connection or make sure the display card is Macintosh compatible and that the card is properly seated in the computer.

LED on monitor is not lit

(no green, orange color can be seen)

• Power Switch should be in the ON position and power cord should be connected.

LED on monitor is flashing and/or dissapears

• Contact Customer Service at (800) 462-4662.

Picture is fuzzy or color looks blotchy

• Adjust Brightness and Contrast Controls or adjust the Moiré Canceler control.

• Access the Degauss Control through OSM™ controls. Activate the Degauss Control.

CAUTION: A minimum interval of 20 minutes should elapse before the Deguass

Control is used a second time when not switching between modes.

Picture bounces or a wavy pattern is present in the picture

• Move electrical devices that may be causing electrical interference away from the monitor.

• See inside cover of User’s Manual for FCC information.

Edges of the display image are not square

• Use the OSM Geometry Controls to straighten the edges.

• If possible, position the front of the monitor facing east.

Display image is not centered, too small, or too large

• Use the OSM Size and Position Controls to adjust the image.

Thin lines appear on your screen

• Thin lines are normal for an aperture grille CRT and are not a malfunction.

These are shadows from the damper wires used to stabilize the aperture grille and are most noticeable when the screen’s background is light (usually white).

Black vertical lines are visible on the screen

• Thin vertical black lines on one or both sides of the screen. This minor condition is caused by grille element overlap which can occur during shipping.

• Position an open white window over the affected area of the screen and maximize the brightness and contrast controls. This will cause localized heating of the overlap which will clear in a few minutes. Be sure to readjust the brightness and contrast controls back to the normal viewing level after this procedure.

1-16

References

• BBS (978) 742-8706

NEC-Mitsubishi Electronics Display of America Remote Bulletin Board System is an electronic service accessible with your system and a modem. Communication parameters are: 300/1200/2400/9600/14.4k/28.8k/33.6k bps, no parity, 8-data bits, 1 stop bit

• Customer Service/

Technical Support

Fax

(800) 632-4662

(978) 742-7049

• Electronic Channels:

Internet e-mail:

Internet ftp site:

World Wide Web:

Product Registration: [email protected]

ftp.necmitsubishi.com

http://www.necmitsubishi.com

http://www.necmitsubishi.com/productregistration

European Operations:

Windows ® http://www.nec-mitsubishi.com

95/98/Me/2000/XP INF File: http://support.necmitsubishi.com/software.htm

then download the file NECMSINF.ZIP

• FastFacts™ Information (800) 366-0476

INFORMATION

Glossary

More Information

Macintosh Connection

Healthy Work Environment

• Literature & Sales Info

• MultiSync Fulfillment

• TeleSales

DESCRIPTION

Definition of terms related to functions, features and installation of the

MultiSync ® monitor

DOCUMENT #

900203

Names and addresses of other groups involved in standards and features of the MultiSync monitor

Detailed information on connecting the MultiSync monitor to a Macintosh

900204

153006

Detailed information on setting up a healthy work environment

900108

(800) NEC-INFO [(800) 632-4636]

(800) 632-4662

[For software & accessories]

(800) 284-4484

1-17

Limited Warranty

NEC-Mitsubishi Electronics Display of America, Inc. (hereinafter “NMD-A”) warrants this

Product to be free from defects in material and workmanship and, subject to the conditions set forth below, agrees to repair or replace (at NMD-A’s sole option) any part of the enclosed unit which proves defective for a period of three (3) years from the date of first consumer purchase.

Spare parts are warranted for ninety (90) days. Replacement parts or unit may be new or refurbished and will meet specifications of the original parts or unit.

This warranty gives you specific legal rights and you may also have other rights, which vary from state to state. This warranty is limited to the original purchaser of the Product and is not transferable. This warranty covers only NMD-A-supplied components. Service required as a result of third party components is not covered under this warranty. In order to be covered under this warranty, the Product must have been purchased in the U.S.A. or Canada by the original purchaser. This warranty only covers Product distribution in the U.S.A. or Canada by

NMD-A No warranty service is provided outside of the U.S.A. or Canada. Proof of Purchase will be required by NMD-A to substantiate date of purchase. Such proof of purchase must be an original bill of sale or receipt containing name and address of seller, purchaser, and the serial number of the product.

It shall be your obligation and expense to have the Product shipped, freight prepaid, or delivered to the authorized reseller from whom it was purchased or other facility authorized by NMD-A to render the services provided hereunder in either the original package or a similar package affording an equal degree of protection. All Products returned to NMD-A for service MUST have prior approval, which may be obtained by calling 1-800-632-4662. The

Product shall not have been previously altered, repaired, or serviced by anyone other than a service facility authorized by NMD-A to render such service, the serial number of the product shall not have been altered or removed. In order to be covered by this warranty the Product shall not have been subjected to displaying of fixed images for long periods of time resulting in image persistence (afterimage effects), accident, misuse or abuse or operated contrary to the instructions contained in the User’s Manual. Any such conditions will void this warranty.

NMD-A SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL,

OR OTHER TYPES OF DAMAGES RESULTING FROM THE USE OF ANY NMD-A PRODUCT

OTHER THAN THE LIABILITY STATED ABOVE. THESE WARRANTIES ARE IN LIEU OF ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE

IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

SOME STATES DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OF IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR THE

LIMITATION OR EXCLUSION OF LIABILITY FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAM-

AGES SO THE ABOVE EXCLUSIONS OR LIMITATIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU.

This Product is warranted in accordance with the terms of this limited warranty. Consumers are cautioned that Product performance is affected by system configuration, software, the application, customer data, and operator control of the system, among other factors. While

NMD-A Products are considered to be compatible with many systems, specific functional implementation by the customers of the Product may vary. Therefore, suitability of a Product for a specific purpose or application must be determined by consumer and is not warranted by NMD-A.

For the name of your nearest authorized NEC-Mitsubishi Electronics Display of America service facility, contact NEC-Mitsubishi Electronics Display of America at 1-800-632-4662.

1-18

TCO’95

MultiSync ® FE Black Model

Congratulations! You have just purchased a TCO’95 approved and labeled product! Your choice has provided you with a product developed for professional use. Your purchase has also contributed to reducing the burden on the environment and also, to the further development of environmentally adapted electronics products.

Why do we have environmentally labelled computers?

In many countries, environmental labelling has become an established method for encouraging the adaptation of goods and services to the environment. The main problem, as far as computers and other electronics equipment are concerned, is that environmentally harmful substances are used both in the products and during the manufacturing. Since it has not been possible for the majority of electronics equipment to be recycled in a satisfactory way, most of these potentially damaging substances sooner or later enter Nature.

There are also other characteristics of a computer, such as energy consumption levels, that are important from the viewpoints of both the work (Internal) and natural (external) environments.

Since all methods of conventional electricity generation have a negative effect on the environment (acidic and climate-influencing emissions, radioactive waste, etc.), it is vital to conserve energy. Electronics equipment in offices consume an enormous amount of energy since they are often left running continuously.

What does labelling involve?

This product meets the requirements for the TCO’95 scheme which provides for international and environmental labelling of personal computers. The labelling scheme was developed as a joint effort by the TCO (The Swedish Confederation of Professional Employees), Naturskyddsforeningen

(The Swedish Society for Nature Conservation) and NUTEK (The National Board for Industrial and

Technical Development in Sweden).

The requirements cover a wide range of issues: environment, ergonomics, usability, emission of electrical and magnetic fields, energy consumption and electrical and fire safety.

The environmental demands concern restrictions on the presence and use of heavy metals, brominated and chlorinated flame retardants, CFCs (freons) and chlorinated solvents, among other things. The product must be prepared for recycling and the manufacturer is obliged to have an environmental plan which must be adhered to in each country where the company implements its operational policy. The energy requirements include a demand that the computer and/or display, after a certain period of inactivity, shall reduce its power consumption to a lower level in one or more stages. The length of time to reactivate the computer shall be reasonable for the user.

Labelled products must meet strict environmental demands, for example, in respect of the reduction of electric and magnetic fields, physical and visual ergonomics and good usability.

TCO’95 is a co-operative project between TCO (The Swedish Confederation of Professional

Employees), Naturskyddsforeningen (The Swedish Society for Nature Conservation) and NUTEK

(The National Board for Industrial and Technical Development in Sweden).

Environmental Requirements

Brominated flame retardants

Brominated flame retardants are present in printed circuit boards, cables, wires, casings and housings. In turn, they delay the spread of fire. Up to thirty percent of the plastic in a computer casing can consist of flame retardant substances. These are related to another group of environmental

1-19

TCO’95

–continued

toxins, PCBs, which are suspected to give rise to similar harm, including reproductive damage in fisheating birds and mammals, due to the bio-accumulative* processes. Flame retardants have been found in human blood and researchers fear that disturbances in foetus development may occur.

TCO’95 demand requires that plastic components weighing more than 25 grams must not contain organically bound chlorine and bromine.

Lead**

Lead can be found in picture tubes, display screens, solders and capacitors. Lead damages the nervous system and in higher doses, causes lead poisoning.

TCO’95 requirement permits the inclusion of lead since no replacement has yet been developed.

Cadmium**

Cadmium is present in rechargeable batteries and in the colourgenerating layers of certain computer displays. Cadmium damages the nervous system and is toxic in high doses.

TCO’95 requirement states that batteries may not contain more than 25 ppm (parts per million) of cadmium. The colourgenerating layers of display screens must not contain any cadmium.

Mercury**

Mercury is sometimes found in batteries, relays and switches, Mercury damages the nervous system and is toxic in high doses.

TCO’95 requirement states that batteries may not contain more than 25 ppm (parts per million) of mercury. It also demands that no mercury is present in any of the electrical or electronics components concerned with the display unit. Mercury is, for the time being, permitted in the back light system of flat panel monitors as there today is no commercially available alternative. TCO aims on removing this exception when a mercury free alternative is available.

CFCs

(freons)

CFCs (freons) are sometimes used for washing printed circuit boards and in the manufacturing of expanded foam for packaging. CFCs break down ozone and thereby damage the ozone layer in the stratosphere, causing increased reception on Earth of ultraviolet light with consequent increased risks of skin cancer (malignant melanoma).

The relevant TCO’95 requirement; Neither CFCs nor HCFCs may be used during the manufacturing of the product or its packaging.

*Bio-accumulative is defined as substances which accumulate within living organisms.

**Lead, Cadmium and Mercury are heavy metals which are Bio-accumulative.

To obtain complete information on the environmental criteria document, order from:

TCO Development Unit

SE-114 94 Stockholm

SWEDEN

FAX Number: +46 8 782 92 07

E-mail (Internet): [email protected]

You may also obtain current information on TCO’95 approved and labelled products by visiting their website at: http://www.tco-info.com/

1-20

TCO’99

MultiSync ® FE White Model

Congratulations! You have just purchased a TCO’99 approved and labeled product! Your choice has provided you with a product developed for professional use. Your purchase has also contributed to reducing the burden on the environment and also to the further development of environmentally adapted electronics products.

Why do we have environmentally labelled computers?

There are also other characteristics of a computer, such as energy consumption levels, that are important from the viewpoints of both the work (Internal) and natural (external) environments.

What does labelling involve?

This product meets the requirements for the TCO’99 scheme which provides for international and environmental labelling of personal computers. The labelling scheme was developed as a joint effort by the TCO (The Swedish Confederation of Professional Employees), Svenska

Naturskyddsforeningen (The Swedish Society for Nature Conservation) and Statens Energimyndighet

(The Swedish National Energy Administration).

The requirements cover a wide range of issues: environment, ergonomics, usability, emission of electrical and magnetic fields, energy consumption and electrical and fire safety.

Labelled products must meet strict environmental demands, for example, in respect of the reduction of electric and magnetic fields, physical and visual ergonomics and good usability.

Environmental Requirements

Flame retardants

Flame retardants are present in printed circuit boards, cables, wires, casings and housings. In turn, they delay the spread of fire. Up to thirty percent of the plastic in a computer casing can consist of flame retardant substances. Most flame retardants contain bromine or chloride and these are related to another group of environmental toxins, PCBs, which are suspected to give rise to severe

1-21

TCO’99

–continued

health effects, including reproductive damage in fisheating birds and mammals, due to the bioaccumulative* processes. Flame retardants have been found in human blood and researchers fear that disturbances in foetus development may occur.

TCO’99 demand requires that plastic components weighing more than 25 grams must not contain flame retardants with organically bound chlorine and bromine. Flame retardants are allowed in the printed circuit boards since no substitutes are available.

Lead**

Lead can be found in picture tubes, display screens, solders and capacitors. Lead damages the nervous system and in higher doses, causes lead poisoning.

TCO’99 requirement permits the inclusion of lead since no replacement has yet been developed.

Cadmium**

Cadmium is present in rechargeable batteries and in the colourgenerating layers of certain computer displays. Cadmium damages the nervous system and is toxic in high doses.

TCO’99 requirement states that batteries, the colourgenerating layers of display screens and the electrical or electronics components must not contain any cadmium.

Mercury**

Mercury is sometimes found in batteries, relays and switches, Mercury damages the nervous system and is toxic in high doses.

TCO’99 requirement states that batteries may not contain any Mercury. It also demands that no mercury is present in any of the electrical or electronics components associated with the display unit.

CFCs

(freons)

CFCs (freons) are sometimes used for washing printed circuit boards. CFCs break down ozone and thereby damage the ozone layer in the stratosphere, causing increased reception on Earth of ultraviolet light with consequent increased risks of skin cancer (malignant melanoma).

The relevant TCO’99 requirement; Neither CFCs nor HCFCs may be used during the manufacturing and assembly of the product or its packaging.

*Bio-accumulative is defined as substances which accumulate within living organisms.

**Lead, Cadmium and Mercury are heavy metals which are Bio-accumulative.

To obtain complete information on the environmental criteria document, order from:

TCO Development Unit

SE-114 94 Stockholm

SWEDEN

FAX Number: +46 8 782 92 07

E-mail (Internet): [email protected]

You may also obtain current information on TCO’99 approved and labelled products by visiting their website at: http://www.tco-info.com/

1-22

Declaration of the Manufacturer

We hereby certify that the color monitor

MultiSync

FE is in compliance with

Council Directive 73/23/EEC:

– EN 60950

Council Directive 89/336/EEC:

EN 55022

– EN 61000-3-2

– EN 61000-3-3

– EN 55024 and marked with

NEC-Mitsubishi Electric Visual

Systems Corporation

686-1, Nishioi Oi-Machi

Ashigarakami-gun

Kanagawa 258-8533, Japan

1-23

NEC Flat Enterprises Series

PROPRIETARY NOTICE AND LIABILITY DISCLAIMER

The information disclosed in this document, including all designs and related materials, is the valuable property of

NEC-Mitsubishi Electronics Display of America and/or its licensors, as appropriate, reserve all patent, copyright and other proprietary rights to this document, including all design, manufacturing, reproduction, use and sales rights thereto, except to the extent said rights are expressly granted to others.

The NEC-Mitsubishi Electronics Display of America product(s) discussed in this document are warranted in accordance with the terms of the Limited Warranty Statement accompanying each product. However, actual performance of each such product is dependent upon factors such as system configuration, customer data and operator control. Since implementation by customers of each product may vary, the suitability of specific product configurations and applications must be determined by the customer and is not warranted by NEC-Mitsubishi Electronics Display of America.

To allow for design and specification improvements, the information in this document is subject to change at any time without notice. Reproduction of this document or portions thereof without prior approval of NEC-Mitsubishi Electronics

Display of America is prohibited.

DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY

This device complies with Part 15 of FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions. (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

U.S. Responsible Party:

Address:

Tel. No.:

NEC-Mitsubishi Electronics Display of America, Inc.

1250 N. Arlington Heights Road

Itasca, Illinois 60143

(630) 467-3000

Type of Product:

Equipment Classification:

Models:

Computer Monitor

Class B Peripheral

N1703 and N1901

We hereby declare that the equipment specified above conforms to the technical standards as specified in the FCC Rules.

Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation. NEC is a registered trademark of NEC Corporation.

NERGY

TAR

is a U.S.

registered trademark. All other brands and product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.

As an

NERGY

TAR

Partner, NEC-Mitsubishi Electronics Display of America, Inc. has determined that this product meets the

NERGY

TAR

guidelines for energy efficiency. The

NERGY

TAR

emblem does not represent EPA endorsement of any product or service.

Part No. 15501061

Printed in China

1-24

2. B Version

MultiSync FE791

/FE991

User’s Manual

1-25

Declaration of the Manufacturer

We hereby certify that the colour monitor

MultiSync FE791

/ FE991

SB is in compliance with

Council Directive 73/23/EEC:

– EN 60950

Council Directive 89/336/EEC:

EN 55022

– EN 61000-3-2

– EN 61000-3-3

– EN 55024 and marked with

NEC-Mitsubishi Electric Visual

Systems Corporation

686-1, Nishioi Oi-Machi

Ashigarakami-gun

Kanagawa 258-8533, Japan

E

NERGY

S

TAR

Product

As an E

NERGY

TAR

Partner, NEC-Mitsubishi Electronics Display of America, Inc. has determined that this product meets the E

NERGY

TAR

guidelines for energy efficiency. The E

NERGY

TAR

emblem does not represent

EPA endorsement of any product or service.

IBM is registered trademark of International Business Machines Corporation.

Apple and Macintosh are registered trademarks of Apple Computer Inc.

Microsoft and Windows are registered trademarks of the Microsoft Corporation.

NERGY

TAR

is a U.S. registered trademark.

NEC is a registered trademark of NEC Corporation.

All other trademarks or registered trademarks are property of their respective owners.

2 User’s Manual

1-26

WARNING

TO PREVENT FIRE OR SHOCK HAZARDS, DO NOT EXPOSE THIS UNIT TO RAIN OR MOISTURE. ALSO, DO NOT USE

THIS UNIT'S POLARIZED PLUG WITH AN EXTENSION CORD RECEPTACLE OR OTHER OUTLETS UNLESS THE

PRONGS CAN BE FULLY INSERTED.

EFRAIN FROM OPENING THE CABINET AS THERE ARE HIGH VOLTAGE COMPONENTS INSIDE. REFER SERVICING

TO QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL.

CAUTION

RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK • DO NOT OPEN

CAUTION: TO REDUCE THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, DO NOT REMOVE COVER (OR BACK). NO USER SERVICE-

ABLE PARTS INSIDE. REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL.

This symbol alerts the user that important literature concerning the operation and maintenance of this unit has been included. Therefore, it should be read carefully in order to avoid any problems.

Canadian Department of Communications Compliance Statement

DOC: This Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference-Causing

Equipment Regulations.

C-UL: Bears the C-UL Mark and is in compliance with Canadian Safety Regulations according to C.S.A. C22.2 No. 950.

FCC Information

1. Use the attached specified cables with the MultiSync FE791

/ FE991

colour monitor so as not to interfere with radio and television reception.

(1) Please use the supplied power cord or equivalent to ensure FCC compliance.

(2) Shielded captive type signal cable.

Use of other cables and adapters may cause intereference with radio and television reception.

• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.

• Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.

• Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.

• Consult your dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.

Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment.

Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C., 20402, Stock No. 004-000-00345-4.

MultiSync FE791

/ FE991

1-27

Your new MultiSync FE monitor box* should contain the following:

• MultiSync FE Monitor with tilt/swivel base

• Power Cord

• Captive Signal Cable

• User’s Manual

• CD ROM with Setup Software, complete User’s Manual and other helpful files.

To see the User’s Manual, Acrobat Reader 4.0 must be installed on your PC.

Power Cord

Captive Signal Cable

User’s Manual Sales Office List CD-ROM

* Remember to save your original box and packing material to transport or ship the monitor.

4 User’s Manual

1-28

Quick Start

To attach the MultiSync FE monitor to your system, follow these instructions:

1. Turn off the power to your computer.

2. If necessary, install the display card into your system. For more information, refer to the display card manual.

3. For the PC: Connect the 15-pin mini D-SUB of the captive signal cable to the connector of the display card in your system (Figure A.1). Tighten all screws.

MultiSync FE Macintosh cable adapter on the computer (Figure B.1). Tighten all screws.

4. Connect one end of the power cord to the MultiSync FE monitor and the other end to the power outlet (Figure C.1).

5. Turn on the monitor (Figure D.1) and the computer.

NOTE: If you have any problems, please refer to the Troubleshooting section of this User’s Manual.

Figure B.1

Figure A.1

15-pin mini

D-SUB

Captive Signal Cable

Mac Adapter

(Not Included)

Captive Signal Cable

1-29

MultiSync FE791 SB / FE991 SB

Quick Start

– continued

Power Outlet

Power

Cord

Figure C.1

Figure D.1

Power Button

6 User’s Manual

1-30

Controls

OSM (On-Screen Manager) control buttons on the front of the monitor function as follows:

E X I

C O N T R O L

– / +

M a o r

x i e n e

o v

H a s

t s a e o t l e f s

h t t e

h f t / r h

O e

i g s

S h t

M h i g h t o m e n u .

il g h t e d s u b m e n o f u n c t i o n .

e l e c t n u s .

S u b M e n u

E x i t s m a i n t o t h e m e n u .

O S M c o n t r o l s

M o v e s l e f t / r i g h t t h e t o c o n t r o l s .

h i s e g h l e c il g h t e d t o n e a r e a o f t h e

M o v e d i r e c i n c r t i e a s o s t h e n e b a r i n t h e – o t o t h e d e c r e a s e a d j u s t m o r e n t .

r +

H a s n o f u n c t i o n .

W i t h o u t O S D , s w i t c h e s

S u p e r B r i g h t

W i t h O S D , e

M o d e n t e r s

O N s u b

/ O F F m e n u t

R e h e s e t s h i g h a ll t h e il g h t e d c o n t r o l s m e n u t o t h e f a c t o r y s e t t i n g .

w i t h i n R e s e t s t o t h e t h e h f a c t o r y i g h s e t il g h t e d t i n g .

c o n t r o l

N O T E : W h e n a ll o w i

n g

E S

y o u

E T

t o i s c a p r e s s e d n c e l t h e i n t h e r e s e t m a i n a f u n c t i o n .

n d s u b m e n u , a w a r n i n g w i n d o w w i ll a p p e a r

N O T E : W b e t h e n w e t h e e n S

S M

M O i s

D o f

E f , i t

O F w i

F , ll

S a c t

B a s t h e

M O D E 1 ,

S u p a n e r B r d S B i g h t ( S B )

M O D E 2 .

f u n c

T h e t i o n f i r s t k e t i y .

U s e r e t h i s c a n k e y s e l e c t i s t p r e s s e d , s e l e c t e d c u h e r r e

S n

B t t h a g e a i c u r r e n t n , t h e

S B

M o d e

M O D E i s w i i n d i c a t e d .

ll c h a n g e t

W i o t t h h e i n a n e x t

3 s e

S B c o n d

M O D w i

E .

n d o w ,

F o r i f t h i s k e x a m p l e , e y t i h e s m o d e

M O D E i s S w i ll

B M O D E c h a n g e

O t o

F ,

B t h e k e y

M O D E 1 i s p r e s s e d a n d s o o n .

t w i c e

T h e w i t h i n c o l o r a 3 s e c o n d t e m p e r a t u r e t i a t m e e a f r a c h m e ,

S B M o d e c o l o r s e t t i i s n g a d j u c a n n s t o t e d b y b e a p p r o p r a d j u s t e d .

i a t e

W h c e n o l t o r h e c o n t r o l u n i t i s t e x c e p t u r n e d f o r o f f , i t t h e w i s ll

R G B r e s e t m o d e t o S B w h o s e o f f m o d e .

S u p u p e r e r

S u p e r

B r i g h t

B r i g h t b r i g h t

M o

M o d e d e -

O F F :

1 O N :

f o r f o r t e x t i m b a s a g e s e d

M o d e 2 O N :

f o r m o v i n g i m a g e s i m a g e s u

( c h n o a s r m a l

D V u s e )

D m o v i e s

Brightness/Contrast Controls

Brightness:

Adjusts the overall image and background screen brightness.

Contrast:

Adjusts the image brightness in relation to the background.

Degauss:

Eliminates the buildup of stray magnetic fields which alter the correct scan of the electron beams and affect the purity of the screen colours, focus and convergence. When activated, your screen image will jump and waver a bit as the screen is demagnetized.

Caution: Please allow a minimum of 20 minutes to elapse between uses of the Degauss Control.

Size and Position Controls

Left/Right:

Moves the image horizontally (left or right).

Down/Up:

Moves the image vertically (up or down).

Narrow/Wide:

Decreases or increases the horizontal size of the image.

Short/Tall:

Decreases or increases the vertical size of the image.

MultiSync FE791 SB / FE991 SB

1-31

Controls

– continued

Color Control System

Colour presets selects the desired colour setting. The bar is replaced by the colour setting choice. Each colour setting is adjusted at the factory to the stated Kelvin. If a setting is adjusted, the name of the setting will change from Kelvin to Custom except sRGB mode.

Red, Green, Blue:

Color Control System decreases or increases the monitor's red, green or blue colour guns depending upon which is selected. The change in colour will appear on screen and the direction (decrease or increase) will be shown by the bars.

sRGB mode:

sRGB mode provides the suitable colour managed picture image. You can not change Red,

Green and Blue colours, brightness and contrast individually.

Colour Temperature Adjustment:

Adjusts the colour temperature of the screen image.

Geometry Controls

Geometry Controls Menu

The Geometry controls allow you to adjust the curvature or angle of the sides of your display.

Sides In/Out (pincushion):

Decreases or increases the curvature of the sides either inward or outward.

Sides Left/Right (pincushion balance):

Decreases or increases the curvature of the sides either to the left or right.

Sides Tilt (parallelogram):

Decreases or increases the tilt of the sides either to the left or right.

Sides Align (trapezoidal):

Decreases or increases the bottom of the screen to be the same as the top.

Rotate (raster rotation):

Rotates the entire display clockwise or counterclockwise.

Corner Correction:

Allows you to adjust the geometry of the corners of your display – Top or Bottom.

Tools 1

Moiré Canceler:

Moiré is a wavy pattern which can sometimes appear on the screen. The pattern is repetitive and superimposed as rippled images. When running certain applications, the wavy pattern is more evident than in others. To reduce moiré, adjust the level by using –/+ CONTROL buttons.

Linearity:

•

Draw equally spaced horizontal lines using a drawing application that has a ruler.

•

Use the Vertical Balance control to adjust the lines near the top and bottom of your screen.

•

Use the LINEARITY (VER.) control to adjust the spacing between the lines near the center and top of your screen.

Convergence (FE991 SB only):

Aligns all three colors (R,G,B) to form a single color (white). The purpose of this control is to ensure that a white line drawn on the screen is as crisp and clear as possible.

•

Use the CONVERGENCE (HOR.) control to adjust the alignment of the lines in the up/down direction.

•

Use the CONVERGENCE (VER.) control to adjust the alignment of the lines in the left/right direction.

8 User’s Manual

1-32

Controls

– continued

Tools 2

Language:

OSM controls menus are available in 6 languages.

OSM Position:

You can choose where you would like the OSM controls menu to appear on your screen.

Selecting OSM Position allows you to manually adjust the OSM controls menu position from among Center,

Top left, Top right, Bottom left and Bottom right.

OSM Turn Off:

The OSM controls menu will stay on as long as it is in use. In the OSM Turn Off sub-menu, you can select how long the monitor waits after the last touch of a button for the OSM controls menu to disappear. The preset choices are 5 thru 120 seconds.

OSM Lock Out:

This control completely locks out access to all OSM controls functions except Brightness and Contrast. When attempting to activate OSM controls while in the lock out mode, a screen will appear indicating that OSM controls are locked out. To activate the OSM Lock Out function, press SELECT and hold + down simultaneously. To deactivate the OSM Lock Out, press SELECT and hold + down simultaneously.

IPM System Off Mode:

Enable: The IPM System works normally and all stages of energy savings are utilized.

Disable: The Off Mode of the IPM System is not used.

NOTE: For standard systems and graphics boards, keep the factory setting at ENABLE.

EdgeLock Control:

Operating your monitor at a nonstandard timing may cause images to appear darker than normal or have color distortion. Use of the EdgeLock control will adjust images to their normal state.

Hot Key:

This selection allows you to use

as brightness control and –/+ as contrast control.

Factory Preset:

Selecting Factory Preset allows you a reset most OSM control settings back to the factory settings. A warning statement will appear to confirm that you do want to reset ALL settings. Individual settings can be reset by highlighting the control to be reset and pressing the RESET button.

Information

Display Mode:

Indicates the current mode and frequency setting of the monitor.

Monitor Info:

Indicates the model and serial numbers of your monitor.

Refresh Notifier:

A message will advise you if the refresh rate of the signal being applied to the monitor by the computer is too low. For further information, please refer to your display card or system manual.

1-33

MultiSync FE791 SB / FE991 SB

Recommended Use

Safety Precautions and Maintenance

FOR OPTIMUM PERFORMANCE, PLEASE NOTE

THE FOLLOWING WHEN SETTING UP AND USING THE

MULTISYNC FE COLOUR MONITOR:

• DO NOT OPEN THE MONITOR. There are no user serviceable parts inside and opening or removing covers may expose you to dangerous shock hazards or other risks. Refer all servicing to qualified service personnel.

• Do not spill any liquids into the cabinet or use your monitor near water.

• Do not insert objects of any kind into the cabinet slots, as they may touch dangerous voltage points, which can be harmful or fatal or may cause electric shock, fire or equipment failure.

• Do not place any heavy objects on the power cord. Damage to the cord may cause shock or fire.

• Do not place this product on a sloping or unstable cart, stand or table, as the monitor may fall, causing serious damage to the monitor.

• Keep the monitor away from high capacity transformers, electric motors and other devices such as external speakers or fans, which may create strong magnetic fields.

•

If possible, position the monitor so that it is facing the east to minimize the effects of the earth’s magnetic field.

•

Changing the direction of the monitor while it is powered on may cause image discolouration. To correct this, turn the monitor off for 20 minutes before powering it back on.

•

When operating the MultiSync FE with its AC 220 - 240 V worldwide power supply, use a power supply cord that matches the power supply voltage of the AC power outlet being used. The power supply cord you use must have been approved by and comply with the safety standards of your country. (Type H05VV-F should be used except in UK)

•

In UK, use a BS-approved power cord with molded plug having a black (5A) fuse installed for use with this monitor. If a power cord is not supplied with this monitor, please contact your supplier.

Cleaning Your Monitor

CAUTION: The following agents will cause damage to the CRT when cleaning the glass surface:

Benzene, thinner, acid/alkaline detergent, alcohol detergent, detergent with abrasive powder, detergent with anti-static agent, detergent for cleaning.

Immediately unplug your monitor from the wall outlet and refer servicing to qualified service personnel under the following conditions:

• When the power supply cord or plug is damaged.

• If liquid has been spilled, or objects have fallen into the monitor.

• If the monitor has been exposed to rain or water.

• If the monitor has been dropped or the cabinet damaged.

• If the monitor does not operate normally by following operating instructions.

CAUTION

• Allow adequate ventilation around the monitor so that heat can properly dissipate. Do not block ventilated openings or place the monitor near a radiator or other heat sources. Do not put anything on top of monitor.

• The power cable connector is the primary means of detaching the system from the power supply. The monitor should be installed close to a power outlet which is easily accessible.

• Handle with care when transporting. Save packaging for transporting.

10 User’s Manual

1-34

Recommended Use

– continued

CORRECT PLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT OF THE MONITOR

CAN REDUCE EYE, SHOULDER AND NECK FATIGUE. CHECK THE

FOLLOWING WHEN YOU POSITION THE MONITOR:

•

Adjust the monitor height so that the top of the screen is at or slightly below eye level. Your eyes should look slightly downward when viewing the middle of the screen.

•

Position your monitor no closer than 40 cm and no further away than

60 cm from your eyes. The optimal distance is 50 cm.

•

Rest your eyes periodically by focusing on an object at least 6 meter away.

Blink often.

•

Position the monitor at a 90° angle to windows and other light sources to minimize glare and reflections. Adjust the monitor tilt so that ceiling lights do not reflect on your screen.

•

If reflected light makes it hard for you to see your screen, use an anti-glare filter.

•

Clean your monitor regularly. Use a lint-free, non-abrasive cloth and a non-alcohol, neutral, non-abrasive cleaning solution or glass cleaner to minimize dust.

•

Adjust the monitor’s brightness and contrast controls to enhance readability.

•

Use a document holder placed close to the screen.

•

Position whatever you are looking at most of the time (the screen or reference material) directly in front of you to minimize turning your head while you are typing.

•

Get regular eye checkups.

Ergonomics

To realize the maximum ergonomics benefits, we recommend the following:

• Adjust the Brightness until the background raster disappears

• Do not position the Contrast control to its maximum setting

• Use the preset Size and Position controls with standard signals

• Use the preset Colour Setting and Sides Left/Right controls

• Use non-interlaced signals with a vertical refresh rate between 75 - 120 Hz

• Do not use primary colour blue on a dark background, as it is difficult to see and may produce eye fatigue due to insufficient contrast

1-35

MultiSync FE791 SB / FE991 SB

Specifications

M o n i t o r

S p e c i f i c a t i o n s

M u l t i S y n c

M o n i t o r

F E 7 9 1 S B N o t e s

P n i p c t u u t r e

S i

T g u n b a l e

D i s p l a y C o l o u r s

V i e w a b l e I

D m a i g a e g o

S i n a z l : e :

0 6 c m m

/ 1 7 m / i n

1 6 i c h n c h

A n a l o g i n p u t : U n il m i t e d n u m b e r o f C o l o u r s

9 0 ° d e f m e d i u m l e c t i s h o n , o r t

0 .

2 5 m m g p e r s i s t e n c e r i ll e p i t c h , p h o s p h o r , a p e r s t a t i t u c r e g r i ll s c r e e n e C R c o a t i

T , n g m u l t i l a y e r e d ,

, d a r k t i n t s c a r e n t e n i a n d O p t i C l e a r s c r e e n .

V i d e o :

S y n c :

A N A L O G

S e p a r a t e

0 .

7 V s y n c .

p -

T p / 7 5

T L L e

O v e h l m s

H o r i

V e r t i z o c a n t l a l s y n c .

s y n c .

P o s i o t i s i t i v e / N e g a t v e / N e g a t i v e i v e

C o m p o s i t e s y n c .

( P o s i t i v e / N e g a t i v e ) ( T T L L e v e l )

D e p e n d s o n d i s p l a y c a r d u s e d .

S y n c h r o n i z a t i o n H o r i z o n t a l : 3 0 k H z t o 9 6 k H z A u t o m a t i c a ll y

R a n g e V e r t i c a l : 5 0 H z t o 1 6 0 H z A u t o m a t i c a ll y

R e s o l u t i o n s S u p p o r t e d

R e s o l u t i v e r t i c a l o n b a s e f r e q u e n c i d e o n s h o o n l y r i z o n t a l a n d

A c t i v e D i s p l a y A r e a

( F a c t o r y S e t t i n g )

6 4 0

8 0 0 x 4 8 0 x 6 0 0

6 0 t o

5 0 t o

1 6 0

1 4 6

S o m e m o d e s s y s t e m s il s t e d .

m a y n o t s u p p o r t a ll

8 3 2

1 0 2 4

1 1 5 2 x 6 2 4 x 7 6 8 x 8 7 0

5 0

5 0 t o t o

@ 5 0 t o

1 4 1

1 1 6

1 0 3

H z

...............

H z

N E C c i t e s

M i r e c t s u b i s h o m m e i n

E d e l e d c t r o n r e s o i c s l u t i

D i s p l a y o n a t

1 2 8 0

1 6 0 0 x x

1 0 2 4

1 2 0 0

5 0

5 0 t o t o

H z

8 9

7 6

H z

8 5 H z f o r o p t i m a l d i s p l a y p e r f o r m a n c e

H o r i z o n t a l :

V e r t i c a l :

3 1 5

2 3 6 m m / 1 2 .

4 m m / 9 .

3 i n c h e i n c h e s s

A c t i v e D i s p l a y A r e a

( F u ll S c a n )

3 2 5

2 4 4 m m / 1 2 .

8 m m / 9 .

6 i n c h e i n c h e s s

D e p e n d e n t u a n d d o b o r d e r e a s r e n o t a .

p o n s i g i n c l u d e n a l t i m i n g u s e d ,

D e p e n d e n t u a n d d o b o r d e r e a s r e n o t a .

p o n s i g i n c l u d e n a l t i m i n g u s e d ,

P o w e r S u p p l y A C 1 0 0 2 4 0 V , 5 0 6 0 H z

C u r r e n t R a t i n g

W i m e e i g n h t s i o n s

1 .

9 A @ 1 0 0 2 4 0 V

3 9 7

1 5 .

6 m m ( W ) i n c h e s x 3 9

( W ) x

1 m m

5 .

( H ) x i n c h e s

4 1 5 .

( H ) x m m

1 6 .

( D ) i n c h e s ( D )

1 7 .

3 7 .

9 k g l b s

E n v i r o n m e n t a l C o n s i d e r a t i o n s

O p e r a t i n g T e m p e r a t u r e :

H u m i d i t y :

A l t i t u d e :

S t o r a g e T e m p e r a t u r e :

H u m i d i t y :

A l t i t u d e :

+ 5

1 0

0 t o

3 t o

, 0 0

9 0

% m

2 0

° C

° C t o t o

+ 3 5

+ 6 0

° C

1 0

0 t o

% t o 9 0

1 5 , 0 0 0

% m

NOTE: Technical specifications are subject to change without notice.

12 User’s Manual

1-36

Specifications

– continued

M o n i t o r

S p e c i f i c a t i o n s

M u l t i S y n c

M o n i t o r

F E 9 9 1

S B

N o t e s

P n i p c t u u t r e

S i

T g u n b a l e

D i s p l a y C o l o u r s

V i e w a b l e I

D m a

A n a l i g o a e g g i o

S n i n z a p u e l t :

: 5

U n

7 c m / 1 9 m m / 1 il m i t e d i n

8 c h i n c h n u m b e r o f C o l o u r s

9 0 ° d e f l e c t i o n , 0 .

2 5 / 0 .

2 7 m m g r i ll e p i t c p h o h , s p h m e o r , d i u m a p e r t s h o r t u r e p g r i e ll e r s i

C s t e n c e

R T , m u l t i l a y e r e d , d a r k t i n t a n t i s t a t i s c r e e n c s c r e e n a n d O p t i C c l e o a a r t i n g , s c r e e n .

V i d e o :

S y n c :

A N A L O G

S e p a r a t e

0 s

7 y n c

V p -

T p /

T L

7 5 O h m s

L e v e l

H o r i z o n t a l s y n c .

P o s i t i v e / N e g a t i v e

V e r t i c

C o m p a o l s s y n c .

i t e

P o s y n c .

s i

( t i v e

P o s i

/ N e g a t i v e t i v e / N e g a t i v e ) ( T T L L e v e l )

D e p e n d s o n d i s p l a y c a r d u s e d .

S y n c h r o n i z a t i o n H o r i z o n t a l : 3 0 k H z t o 9 6 k H z A u t o m a t i c a ll y

R a n g e V e r t i c a l : 5 0 H z t o 1 6 0 H z A u t o m a t i c a ll y

R e s o l u t i o n s S u p p o r t e d

R e s o l u t i v e r t i c a l o n b a f r e q u e s e d n c i e o n s h o o n l y r i z o n t a l a n d

A c t i v e D i s p l a y A r e a

( F a c t o r y S e t t i n g )

0 x x

4 8

6 0

0 t t o o

H z z

8 3 2

1 0 2 4 x x

6 2 4

7 6 8

5 0

5 0 t o t o

1 4 1

1 1 6

H z

2 x x x x

8 7 0

1 0 2 4

@ 5

5 t

0 o 1 t o

0 3

8 9

0 t t o o

H z

S o m e m o d e s s y s t e m s il s t e d .

m a y n o t s u p p o r t a ll

N E C M i t s u b i s h i c i t e s

..............

8 5

E l e c t r o n i c s D i s p l a y r e c o m m e n d e d

H z f o r o p t i m a l r e s o l u t i o n a t d i s p l a y p e r f o r m a n c e

H o r i z o n t a l :

V e r t i c a l :

3 5 6

2 6 6 m m / 1 4 .

0 m m / 1 0 .

5 i n c h e s i n c h e s

A c t i v e D i s p l a y A r e a

( F u ll S c a n )

3 6 6

2 6 6 m m / 1 4 .

4 i n c h e s m m / 1 0 .

5 i n c h e s

D a e p e n n d d o d e e s n t u p o n n o t i n c s i g l u d e n a l b o r d e r a r e a .

t i m i n g u s e d ,

D a e p e n n d d o d e e s n t u p o n n o t i n c s i g l u d e n a l b o r d e r a r e a .

t i m i n g u s e d ,

P o w e r S u p p l y A C 1 0 0 2 4 0 V , 5 0 6 0 H z

C u r r e n t R a t i n g 2 .

2 A @ 1 0 0 2 4 0 V

W i m e i e g n s h t i o n s 4 4 2

1 7 .

4 i m m ( W ) x 4 4 3 n c h e s ( W ) x m

1 7 m

4 i

( H ) n c h e x 4 4 7 .

5 m m ( D ) s ( H ) x 1 7 .

6 i n c h e s ( D )

2 2 .

5 0 .

0 k g l b s

E n v i r o n m e n t a l C o n s i d e r a t i o n s

O p e r a t i n g T e m p e r a t u r e :

H u m i d i t y :

S t o r a g e

A l t i t u d e :

T e m p e r a t u r e :

H u m i d i t y :

A l t i t u d e :

+ 5 ° C t o

1 0

0 t o

3 t o

, 0 0

9 0

% m

2 0 ° C t o

+ 3 5

+ 6 0

° C

1 0

0 t o

% t o 9 0

1 5 , 0 0 0

% m

NOTE: Technical specifications are subject to change without notice.

MultiSync FE791 SB / FE991 SB

1-37

Features

SuperBright Diamondtron CRT:

SuperBright Mode :

With the simple touch of a button, the brightness level of the Diamondtron CRT doubles.

This function enhances the crispness of images for clarity-conscious applications such as graphics, animation and video.

Super Bright Mode OFF:

for text based images (normal use)

Super Bright Mode-1 ON:

for images

Super bright Mode-2 ON:

for moving image such as DVD movies

OptiClear Screen Surface:

Further reduces reflection and glare and increases contrast without sacrificing focus level, clarity or brightness.

Dual Dynamic Beam Focus:

Provides precise, continuous focus adjustments of the electron beams and optimum image quality, even to the far edges of the screen.

Color Control System with sRGB:

Allows you to change between five colour settings on your display to match your personal preference. The sRGB-enabled colour matching setting found within Color Control helps achieve a consistent colour environment with other sRGB-enabled hardware and software applications.

On Screen Manager (OSM) Controls:

Allows you to quickly and easily adjust all elements of your screen image via simple to use on-screen menus.

ErgoDesign Features:

Enhances human ergonomics to improve the working environment, protect the health of the user and save money. Examples include OSM controls for quick and easy image adjustments, tilt/swivel base for preferred angle of vision, space-conscious cabinet design and compliance with MPRII guidelines for lower emissions.

Plug and Play:

The Microsoft solution with the Windows 95/98/Me/2000/XP operating system facilitates setup and installation by allowing the monitor to send its capabilities (such as screen size and resolutions supported) directly to your computer, automatically optimizing display performance.

Intelligent Power Manager (IPM) System:

Reduced Magnetic Field Technology:

Reduces magnetic and alternating electric field emissions and static electricity, addressing ergonomic concerns regarding potential risks from extended computer monitor use.

Multiple Frequency Technology:

Automatically adjusts monitor to the display card’s scanning frequency, thus displaying the resolution required.

FullScan Capability:

Allows you to use the entire screen area in most resolutions, significantly expanding image size.

14 User’s Manual

1-38

Troubleshooting

No picture

• Display card should be completely seated in its slot.

• Power Button and computer power switch should be in the ON position.

• Signal cable should be completely connected to display card/computer.

• Check connector for bent or pushed-in pins.

Image is scrolling or unstable

• Signal cable should be completely attached to the computer.

• Check pin assignments and signal timings of the monitor and your display card with respect to recommended timings and pin assignments.

• If the Macintosh cable adapter is used, check for proper connection or make sure the display card is

Macintosh compatible and that the card is properly seated in the computer.

LED on monitor is not lit (no green, orange colour can be seen)

• Power Switch should be in the ON position and power cord should be connected.

Picture is fuzzy or colour looks blotchy

• Adjust Brightness and Contrast Controls or adjust the Moiré Canceler control.

• Access the Degauss Control through OSM controls. Activate the Degauss Control.

CAUTION: A minimum interval of 20 minutes should elapse before the Deguass Control is used a second time when not switching between modes.

Picture bounces or a wavy pattern is present in the picture

• Move electrical devices that may be causing electrical interference away from the monitor.

• See inside cover of User’s Manual for FCC information.

Edges of the display image are not square

• Use the OSM Geometry Controls to straighten the edges.

• If possible, position the front of the monitor facing east.

Display image is not centered, too small, or too large

• Use the OSM Size and Position Controls to adjust the image.

Thin lines appear on your screen

• Thin lines are normal for an aperture grille CRT and are not a malfunction.

These are shadows from the damper wires used to stabilize the aperture grille and are most noticeable when the screen’s background is light (usually white).

Black vertical lines are visible on the screen

• Thin vertical black lines on one or both sides of the screen. This minor condition is caused by grille element overlap which can occur during shipping.

MultiSync FE791 SB / FE991 SB

1-39

TCO’99

MultiSync FE791

/ FE991

Why do we have environmentally labelled computers?

There are also other characteristics of a computer, such as energy consumption levels, that are important from the viewpoints of both the work (Internal) and natural (external) environments. Since all methods of conventional electricity generation have a negative effect on the environment (acidic and climate-influencing emissions, radioactive waste, etc.), it is vital to conserve energy. Electronics equipment in offices consume an enormous amount of energy since they are often left running continuously.

What does labelling involve?

Confederation of Professional Employees), Svenska Naturskyddsforeningen (The Swedish Society for Nature

Conservation) and Statens Energimyndighet (The Swedish National Energy Administration).

The requirements cover a wide range of issues: environment, ergonomics, usability, emission of electrical and magnetic fields, energy consumption and electrical and fire safety.

Labelled products must meet strict environmental demands, for example, in respect of the reduction of electric and magnetic fields, physical and visual ergonomics and good usability.

Environmental Requirements

Flame retardants

Most flame retardants contain bromine or chloride and these are related to another group of environmental toxins,

PCBs, which are suspected to give rise to severe health effects, including reproductive damage in fisheating birds and mammals, due to the bioaccumulative* processes. Flame retardants have been found in human blood and researchers fear that disturbances in foetus development may occur.

16 User’s Manual

1-40

TCO’99

– continued

Lead**

Lead can be found in picture tubes, display screens, solders and capacitors. Lead damages the nervous system and in higher doses, causes lead poisoning.

TCO’99 requirement permits the inclusion of lead since no replacement has yet been developed.

Cadmium**

Cadmium is present in rechargeable batteries and in the colourgenerating layers of certain computer displays.

Cadmium damages the nervous system and is toxic in high doses.

TCO’99 requirement states that batteries, the colourgenerating layers of display screens and the electrical or electronics components must not contain any cadmium.

Mercury**

Mercury is sometimes found in batteries, relays and switches, Mercury damages the nervous system and is toxic in high doses.

TCO’99 requirement states that batteries may not contain any Mercury. It also demands that no mercury is present in any of the electrical or electronics components associated with the display unit.

CFCs

(freons)

The relevant TCO’99 requirement; Neither CFCs nor HCFCs may be used during the manufacturing and assembly of the product or its packaging.

* Bio-accumulative is defined as substances which accumulate within living organisms.

** Lead, Cadmium and Mercury are heavy metals which are Bio-accumulative.

To obtain complete information on the environmental criteria document, order from:

TCO Development Unit

SE-114 94 Stockholm

SWEDEN

FAX Number: +46 8 782 92 07

E-mail (Internet): [email protected]

You may also obtain current information on TCO’99 approved and labelled products by visiting their website at: http://www.tco-info.com/

MultiSync FE791 SB / FE991 SB

1-41

Serial Number Information

Refer to the serial number information shown below.

EX.) SERIAL NUMBER LABEL

Model : FE991SB

: FE991SB-BK

SERIAL NO. : g g g g g g g g g

Manufactured Year :

( Last digit )

Manufactured Month :

January to September 1 to 9

October X

Serial number(5 digits)

November Y

December Z

Factory Code :

NPG China Factory (A/B/R ver.) :“Y”

Destination Code :

USA : “A”

Europe : “B”

Australia : “R”

2-1

DISASSEMBLY

• Before you disassemble the set, turn off power and pull out the power plug.

• Use the appropriate screwdriver that fits the screw. If you use screwdriver that does not fit, you may break the screws.

• Assembly is the opposite process of Disassembly.

• Carefully discharge the CRT anode by shorting it to ground before removing anode cap.

Revolving Stand ASSY

1. Turn the monitor CRT face down on a clean static free surface to prevent scratching CRT face.

2. Remove the screw (PL-CPTS*3*10*15BF) and remove by pulling up the Hooks and lifting the Revolving stand Assy up to the side.

Screw (PL-CPTS*3*10*15BF) HOOK

Cabinet Back

Revolving Stand Assy

1. Remove the two screws (PL-CPTS*4*16*15BF) and unlock the two hooks.

Hook

Screws (PL-CPTS*4*16*15BF)

3-1

CRT BOARD

1. Remove the nine terminals and desolder the five points as shown.

Terminals Solder

2. Disconnect the connectors “S201”, “S202”, “S203” and “GND”.

3. Desoldor the wires: “White wire”, “Red wire” and “G2”.

S202 S201 S203

Red wire White wire GND G2

3-2

MAIN BOARD

1. Disconnect the connectors “S601”, “S602”, ”S101” and “GND”.

2. Remove the screw (P-#2CRBITS*4*8*15BF) and two screws (PL-CPIMS*4*10*15BF).

S602 S601 S101 GND

Screw Screw

(P-#2CRBITS*4*8*15BF) (PL-CPIMS*4*10*15BF)

3. Disconnect the connectors “GND” and “S301”.

4. Remove the screw (P-#2CRBITS*4*8*15BF) .

5. Remove the Anode cap from CRT.

NOTE: Carefully discharge the CRT anode by shorting it to ground before removing anode cap.

Screw (P-#2CRBITS*4*8*15BF)

GND S301

3-3

6. Remove the four screws (PL-CPTS*4*16*15BF) and remove the Chassis Base from Cabinet Front ASSY.

Screws (PL-CPTS*4*16*15BF)

7. Remove the seven screws (PL-CPTS*3*8*15BF) and two screws (PL-CPIMS*3*10*15BF).

8. Remove the Main Board from Chassis Base.

Screw (PL-CPTS*3*8*15BF)

Screw (PL-CPIMS*3*10*15BF)

3-4

ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURES

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

1. Adjustment & Inspection Tools............................................................................................ 4-2

2.

Timing Table ..................................................................................................................... 4-2

3. Normal Condition Definition .............................................................................................. 4-2

4. Hot Key Operation ............................................................................................................. 4-3

5. B+ Check ........................................................................................................................... 4-5

6. X-RAY Test ........................................................................................................................ 4-5

7. H. V. Adjustment ............................................................................................................... 4-5

8. H-Raster Center Adjustment ............................................................................................. 4-5

9. Preset Adjustment ............................................................................................................. 4-5

10. G2 Voltage Adjustment ................................................................................................... 4-5

11. White Balance Adjustment .............................................................................................. 4-6

12. Focus Adjustment ........................................................................................................... 4-8

13. Purity Adjustment ............................................................................................................ 4-8

14. Convergence Adjustment

............................................................................................... 4-9

15. Power Saving Function Inspection .................................................................................. 4-9

16. Distortion Adjustment .................................................................................................... 4-10

17. Setting Before Shipment ............................................................................................... 4-12

18. Adjustment Magnetic Field

........................................................................................... 4-13

19. TIMING SHEET ............................................................................................................. 4-14

4-1

1. Adjustment & Inspection Tools

(A) Color Analyzer

(B) Signal Generator CHROMA 2235 or compatible

(D) Hi-Voltage Probe

(E) Convergence Meter (F) Degaussing Probe

(G) Power Meter

2.

Timing Table (Factory Mode –18 Modes)

MODE RESOLUTION H-SYNC EREQ. V-SYNC FREQ H . POLARITY V . POLARITY

1 VGA400 31.4KHz 70Hz - +

2 VGA640*480

3 640*480(75)

4 640*480(85)

5 800*600(75)

31.4KHz

37.5KHz

43.2KHz

46.8KHz

60Hz

75Hz

85Hz

75Hz

7 800*600(85)

8 1024*768(75)

9 1280*1024(60)

49.7KHz

53.6KHz

60.0KHz

64.0KHz

75Hz

85Hz

75Hz

60Hz

10 1024*768(85)

11 1280*1024(75)

12 1280*1024(85)

13 1600*1200(75)

68.6KHz

79.9KHz

91.1KHz

93.7KHz

14 1024*768(60)

15 800*600(60)

48.3KHz

37.8KHz

35.0KHz

68.7KHz

18 VGA720*400(70) 31.5KHz

85Hz

75Hz

85Hz

75Hz

60Hz

67Hz

75Hz

70Hz

3. Normal Condition Definition

(A) Input AC Voltage 110V/60Hz.

(B) Warm up time minimum 30 minutes.

(D) All VR’s adjust to Center Position.

(F) Color temp 9300K

4-2

4. Hot Key Operation

(A) Factory Mode: power on + ‘+’ key + ‘

−‘ key.

*To hide the Factory menu temporary in Factory mode:

Push "RESET" key once while Menu is displayed, then Menu disappears.

Push "RESET" key once more, then Menu reappears.

(B) Factory Menu

TAB 1) BRIGHTNESS / CONTRAST

: Brightness

: Contrast

TAB 2) POSITION / SIZE

TAB 3) COLOR ADJUST

TAB 4) DISTORTION

: Left / Right (H.Position)

: Down / Up (V.Position)

: Narrow / Wide (H.Size)

: Short / Tall (V.Size)

VG: Vertical GAIN(Vertical Sub Size)

1: 9300K

2: 8200K

3: 7500K sRGB: sRGB

5: 5000K

: N/A

: Red Gain

: Green Gain

: Blue Gain

: Red Bias

: Green Bias

: Blue Bias

: Brightness

: Contrast

: In / Out (Side Pincushion)

: Left / Right (Pin Balance)

: Tilt (Parallelogram)

: Align (Trapezoid)

: Rotate

: Top Corner

: Bottom Corner

VF : Vertical Focus

4-3

TAB 5) TOOLS 1

TAB 6) TOOLS 2

TAB 7) INFORMATION

:Moire canceller

:Linearity(VER.)

:Linearity balance

:Convergence(HOR.)

:Convergence(VER.)

TOOL 2 is as same as user mode

DS :Destination

4-4

5. B+ Check

(A) Mode: No.12.

(B) Pattern: Full White. (Brightness set to cut off)

±1V, 7.05V ±0.3V, 26.5V ±1V, -14.3V ±1V, 14.2V ±0.3V.

6. X-RAY Test

(A) Mode: No.12

(B) Pattern: Normal Crosshatch (Brightness just cut off)

Apply a resistor (4.7K, 1/4W, 1%) between TP1 and TP2 then power on, Monitor should be active in x-ray protector.

7. H. V. Adjustment

(A) Mode: No.12

(B) Pattern: Full Black (Brightness just cut off)

±0.1kV.

8. H-Raster Center Adjustment

(A) Mode: No.13

(B) Pattern: Crosshatch Reverse

(D) Adjust VR501 to make the raster mostly near center background position.

9. Preset Adjustment

(A) Mode No.12

(B) Pattern: Cross hatch

Parallelogram Top-corner, Bottom-corner, and rotation to make Picture Position Center and Picture Size

356*267mm.

10. G2 Voltage Adjustment

(A) Mode No. 12

(B) Pattern: Full Black

(D) Adjust screen VR so that the G2 voltage is equal to 680V

±10V.

4-5

11. White Balance adjustment

(A) Setting

Enter Factory Mode,

Mode: No.12, Pattern: Full White.

Warm up 60 min.

Make External Degauss.

(B) Cut Off Adjustment

1. Select the color Mode 9300K.

2. Cut Off Adjustment : Video Signal Off (0.Vp-p),Bright Control set to Max., Adjust G. Bias so that the brightness is equal to 3.4

±0.7cd/m

(1FL

±0.2FL).

3. 9300K (Select color Mode 9300)

Adjust R. Bias, B. Bias to equal X=0.283, Y=0.297, with readjusting G. Bias to keep the brightness at

3.4

±0.7cd/m2 (1FL ±0.2FL).

1. 9300K (Select color Mode 9300K)

1) Video Signal off (0.Vp-p), Contrast set to Max, Adjust Brightness to 0.1cd/m

2) 50*50mm Green block Pattern, Adjust G Gain to Y=86cd/m

3) 50*50mm White block Pattern, Adjust R, B Gain to x=0.283, y=0.297.

4) Adjust R, G, B gain again to meet following spec.

Y=130

4-6

2. 5000K (Select color Mode 5000K)

1) Video Signal off (0.Vp-p), Contrast set to Max, Adjust Brightness to 0.1cd/m

2) 50*50mm Green block Pattern, Adjust G Gain to Y=70cd/m

3) 50*50mm White block Pattern, Adjust R, B Gain to x=0.345, y=0.359.

4) Adjust R, G, B gain again to meet following spec.

Y>100cd/m

(D) “sRGB MODE” White Balance Adjustment (Select color Mode sRGB)

1) Video Signal off (0.Vp-p), Contrast set to Max, Adjust Brightness to 0.1cd/m

2) 50*50mm Green block Pattern, Adjust G Gain to Y=75cd/m

3) Change Pattern to Full white. Adjust R, B Gain to x=0.313, y=0.329.

4) Adjust contrast to meet following spec.

±0.010cd/m

(E) “SB1, 2 MODE” White Balance Adjustment (Select the color Mode SB1, 2 MODE)

1) Select the color mode “SB1 Mode” by “Select” key when OSM is off.

2) Video signal off (0Vp-p), Adjust brightness to Y=0.1cd/m

3) Change pattern to 50*50mm white block, Adjust contrast control to Y=215

±2cd/m

4) Change pattern to 32/255 gray. Adjust brightness to make 0.8cd/m

5) Select the color mode “SB2 MODE”.

6) Video signal off(0Vp-p), Adjust brightness to Y=0.1cd/m

7) Change pattern to 50*50mm white block, Adjust contrast control to Y=255

±2cd/m

(F) ABL Adjustment and Brightness Preset

1) SB mode off, Color set to 9300K.Full White Pattern.

2) Brightness, contrast control to max., Adjust VR302 to Y=105

±2cd/m

(30.5FL).

3) Brightness preset: set to Y=0.1

±2cd/m

4-7

12. Focus Adjustment

(A) Mode: No.12, 9300K

(B) Pattern: Green Crosshatch, Brightness just cut off, Contrast maximum.

(D) Check T303 output voltage of the video range.

(E) Adjust F1 VR of FBT (lower side VR) for the thinnest vertical line.

(F) Adjust F2 VR of FBT (higher side VR) for the thinnest horizontal line.

(G) Receive Focus adjustment pattern.

(H) Adjust F1 VR if vertical black line is not falling out.

(I) Adjust F2 VR if horizontal black line is not falling out.

(J) Use the video card “Matrox G550”, and receive Microsoft Excel “Work sheet” (1280*1024(85)).

Make sure that there is no double line for horizontal line at the center.

*Note: Focus adjustment must be finished at F1 VR.

Black dot is fall out

The shape of black dot (1 dot) fall out.

The shape of black dot (2dots) fall out .

FOCUS ADJUSTMENT PATTERN

13. Purity Adjustment

F1 VR

F2 VR

G2 VR

Focus VR

(1) Receive signal 12 (Cross hatch pattern).

(2) The CRT face should be facing east and degauss the entire unit by external degaussing coil.

(3) Make sure the single color purity.

If not, readjust CPC magnet and touch up using correction magnets.

4-8

14. Convergence Adjustment

CH : Convergence error of horizontal direction

CV : Convergence error of vertical direction

(1) Receive signal 12 (Cross hatch pattern).

(2) Measure convergence error. If it is out of spec, adjust convergence by 4-pole magnets and 6-pole magnets.

266mm

356mm

A Zone (A circle 236mm in the center of the CRT face center)

CH, CV : Within 0.25mm

B Zone (Areas outside of zone A within the rectangle of 356mmx266mm)

CH, CV : Within 0.30mm

15. Power Saving Function Inspection

(A) Mode: No.13

(B) Pattern: Full white

(D) Inspection

1. It should be into power off Mode when the both horizontal sync and vertical sync are disabled after 8 seconds. Check the LED color “Orange” and the power consumption must be less than

5W.

2. It should be recovered the normal Mode when the both horizontal sync and vertical sync are enabled.

Check the picture is normal and LED color “Green”.

4-9

16. Distortion Adjustment

Factory mode setting

* After completion of adjustment exit the factory mode and data will be saved.

Signal: All signals Cross hatch

Perform the adjust for signal No.13 in step 1 ~ 3.

Perform the adjust for above all signal in step 4 ~ 5.

1. Rotation Adjustment

(1) Receive signal 13 (Cross hatch)

(2) Select the “ “ icon in OSM TAB 4.

(3) Make sure that the picture tilt meets the following standards.

≤ 1.0mm

2. Pincushion Balance Adjustment

+ x

- x

(1) Select the “ “ icon in OSM TAB 4.

(2) Make sure that the Pincushion Balance meets the following standards.

A – B

≤ 0.5mm

A B

4-10

3. Parallelogram distortion Adjustment

(1) Select the “ “ icon in OSM TAB 4.

(2) Adjust “+”, “-“ SW so that the vertical line and horizontal line at the screen’s center fall at right angles.

(less than 90

±0.5 degree)

4. Side Pincushion Adjustment

(1) Select the “ “ icon in OSM TAB 4.

(2) Make sure that the side pincushion distortion meets the following standards.

0.5mm

0.5mm 0.5mm

0.5mm

5. Trapezoid Distortion Adjustment

(1) Select the “ “ icon in OSM TAB 4.

(2) Make sure that the trapezoid distortion meets the following standards.

A B

|(AB – CD)|

≤ 1.0mm

|(AC – BD)|

≤ 1.0mm

C D

4-11

17. Setting Before Shipment

(A) Color Temp: 9300K(SB mode off).

(B) OSM position: Center of the screen

(D) H Moire: Minimum

(E) Refresh Notifier: OFF

(F) OSM turn off time: 45 sec

(G) IPM off mode: Enable

(H) Language: English for A,B,C,R Version, Japanese for J Version.

(I) OSM Lock: OFF

(J) Edge Lock: Back

(K) Hot Key: “OFF” for A, J Version and “ON” for B,R Version.

4-12

18. Adjustment Magnetic Field

Vertical: +40uT, Horizontal:

±0uT(Neutral)

* Notes About Degaussing Method

Follow the degaussing procedure as below. (To prevent intertwinement of aperture grille.)

1) Use stick type degaussing probe at demagnetizing CRT.

Do not use ring type degaussing probe.

2) In order to remove a magnetization from front, top, bottom and side of CRT, and bottom chassis.

Do not switch off the degaussing probe abruptly. Move the degaussing probe slowly when degaussing.

Note: If switch off the degaussing probe near the set, the set will be magnetized.

3) Degaussing method

When switch on the degaussing probe, keep distance between panel surface and degaussing probe more than 50cm. Move the degaussing probe vertically facing to the panel surface.

Keep distance of panel surface and degaussing probe to more than 15mm.

Starting from edge of CRT, move the degaussing probe toward CRT center in circular motion, spending

6 to 7 seconds. (Rounding about 4 or 5 times.)

Vertical

Horizontal

4) After sufficiently degaussing the CRT, move the degaussing probe slowly away from the panel surface while rotating from corner to center, taking more than 3 seconds. Turn off SW more than 1m away from the CRT. Degauss again if the unit is magnetized.

Over 1m

SW OFF

Magnetized Pattern Example

4-13

Dot Clock (MHz fh (kHz) fv (Hz)

Total

Disp

(dot)

(uS)

(dot)

(uS)

Front (dot)

(uS)

Sync Pulse (dot)

(uS)

Back (dot)

(uS)

Total

Disp

(H)

(mS)

(H)

(mS)

Front (H)

(mS)

Sync Pulse (H)

(mS)

Back (H)

(mS)

19. TIMING SHEET

Preset Mode No.

Signal Name

1 2 3 4 5 6

VGA VGA VESA VESA VESA (MAC)

640*400 640*480 640*480 640*480 800*600 832*624

(75) (85) (75) (75)

25.175 25.175 31.500 36.000 49.500 57.283

31.47 31.469 37.50 43.269 46.875 49.725

70.09 59.940 75.00 85.008 75.00 74.550

31.78 31.778 26.667 23.111 21.333 20.111

640 640 640 640 800 832

25.42 25.422 20.317 17.778 16.162 14.523

0.64

0.636

0.508

1.556

0.323

0.559

96 96 64 56 80 64

3.18 3.813 2.032 1.556 1.616 1.117

48 48 120 80 160 224

1.91 1.907 3.810 2.222 3.232 3.910

449 525 500 509 625 667

14.268 16.683 13.333 11.764 13.333 13.414

400 480 480 480 600 624

12.711 15.253 12.800 11.093 12.800 12.549

0.381 0.318 0.027 0.023 0.021 0.020

2 2 3 3 3 3

0.064 0.064 0.080 0.069 0.064 0.060

35 33 16 25 21 39

1.112 1.049 0.427 0.578 0.448 0.784

Polarity (H/V) NEG/POS NEG/NEG NEG/NEG NEG/NEG POS/POS NEG/NEG

Composite Sync

Composite Video

Character Font

7*9 7*9 7*9 7*9 7*9 7*9

4-14

Preset Mode No.

Signal Name

VESA VESA VESA VESA VESA VESA

800*600 1024*768 1280*1024 1024*768 1280*1024 1280*1024

(85) (75) (60) (85) (75) (85)

Dot Clock (MHz) fh (kHz) fv (Hz)

Total

Disp

(dot)

(uS)

(dot)

(uS)

Front (dot)

(uS)

Sync Pulse (dot)

(uS)

Back (dot)

(uS)

Total

Disp

(H)

(mS)

(H)

(mS)

Front (H)

(mS)

Sync Pulse (H)

(mS)

Back (H)

(mS)

53.674 60.023 63.981 68.677 79.976 91.146

85.061 75.029 60.020 85 75.025 85.024

1048 1312 1688 1376 1688 1728

18.631 16.660 15.630 14.561 12.504 10.971

800 1024 1280 1024 1280 1280

32 16 48 48 16 64

0.569 0.203 0.444 0.508 0.119 0.406

64 96 112 96 144 160

1.138 1.219 1.037 1.016 1.067 1.016

152 176 248 208 248 224

2.702 2.235 2.296 2.201 1.873 1.422

631 800 1066 808 1066 1072

11.756 13.328 16.661 11.765 13.329 11.761

600 768 1024 768 1024 1024

11.179 12.795 16.005 11.183 12.804 11.235

1 1 1 1 1 1

0.019 0.017 0.016 0.015 0.013 0.011

3 3 3 3 3 3

0.056 0.050 0.047 0.044 0.038 0.033

27 28 38 36 38 44

0.503 0.466 0.594 0.524 0.475 0.483

Polarity (H/V)

POS/POS POS/POS POS/POS POS/POS POS/POS POS/POS

Composite Sync

Composite Video

Character Font

7*9 7*9 7*9 7*9 7*9 7*9

4-15

Preset Mode No.

Signal Name

Dot Clock (MHz)

Fh (kHz)

37.8 35.0 68.681 31.469

Total (dot)

(uS)

2160 1344 1056 864 1456 900

(uS)

Front (dot)

64 24 40 64 32 18

(uS)

Sync Pulse (dot)

(uS)

192 136 128 64 128 108

Back (dot) 304 160 188 96 144 54

(uS)

Total (H)

(mS)

1250 806 628 525 915 449

13.333 16.667 16.579 15.000 13.322 14.268

Disp (H) 1200 768 600 480 870 400

(mS)

12.800 15.880 15.840 13.714 12.667 12.711

Front (H)

(mS)

0.011 0.062 0.026 0.086 0.044 0.381

Sync Pulse (H)

(mS)

3 6 4 3 3 2

0.032 0.124 0.106 0.086 0.044 0.064

Back (H)

46 29 23 39 39 35

(mS)

0.491 0.600 0.607 1.114 0.568 1.112

Composite Sync

Composite Video

Character Font

YES YES

4-16

INSPECTION

Page

1.Scope --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-2

1.1 Introduction --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-2

1.2 General Description ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-3

1.3 Regulations -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-4

1.4 Regulation Information & Marking Location ---------------------------------------------------------- 5-5

2. CRT Specifications ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-6

3. Electric Specifications ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5-7

3.1 Deflection Circuit -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-7

3.2 Signal Input --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-7

3.3 Video Performance ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-7

3.4 Power Supply ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5-8

3.5 Power Saving ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5-8

3.6 Degaussing -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-9

4. Functions ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-9

4.1 Display Part -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-9

5. Display Quality --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-19

5.1 Basic Test Conditions ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-19

5.2 Picture Size and Position --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-19

5.3 Luminance (Brightness) ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-20

5.4 Color ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-21

5.5 Geometric Distortion --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-22

5.6 Linearity ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-23

5.7 Misconvergence --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-24

5.8 Focus ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-24

5.9 Halo ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5-25

5.10 Raster Regulation ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-25

6. CRT Limits of Screen and Faceplate Blemish ------------------------------------------------------------ 5-26

6.1 CRT Face plate defect ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5-26

6.2 AR-film Blemishes ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5-27

7. Inspection of PLUG & PLAY Communication and OSM "MONITOR INFORMATION" for

Model Name/ Serial Number ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-30

7.1 A System Construction ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-30

7.2 Input Signal --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-30

7.3 Programs Required ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-30

7.4 Inspection Procedures ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-30

7.5 Error Messages --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-32

7.6 EDID Data File ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-32

Appendix 1 Preset Timing Chart ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-33

5-1

1.Scope

1.1 Introduction

This document defines the design and performance requirements for a 19 inch (18inch Viewable), color display monitor. This monitor uses a 19 inch Flat AG Trio (Aperture Grille) type CRT. This monitor is capable of maximum resolution of 1600 x 1200 pixels at 76 Hz non-interlaced mode, and is capable of horizontal frequencies between 30kHz and 96kHz.

The manufacture assumes the responsibilities for the design and assembly of the power supply and deflection circuits and the integration of these components with the CRT/yoke assembly and all mechanical parts, to meet the requirements of this specification.

The following list shows the model name, Cabinet color, Audio function and market.

MODEL NAME Cabinet color

Audio

Base

MultiSync FE991SB AS/LG No

MultiSync FE991SB-BK B/B No

MultiSync FE991SB

AS/LG

MARKET Ver.

USA/Canada Aver.

Europe

China

Australia

Bver.

Cver.

Rver.

* “AS” : Aluminium Silver

“LG” : Light Gray

“B” : Dark Roof Gray

5-2

1.2 General Description

1 CRT

2 SCANNING

3 SIGNAL INPUT

4 SCREEN

CHARACTERISTICS

Item

Vendor / Model No.

Type

Size

Grill Speacing

(Phosphor Spacing)

Phosphor Type

Face-plate

Electron Gun Type

Face-plate Transmission

Spec.

Mitsubishi / M46LXH51X31

Diamondtron M2+ (Aperture Grille)

48cm / 45.7cm Diagnonal Viewable Image

(19" / 18" Diagnonal Viewable Image)

Approx. 0.25mm (center) / 0.27mm (edge)

(Approx. 0.26mm(center) / 0.28mm (edge)

B22

Anti-Refection / Anti-Static Film

PX-DBF approx.43.8% (Includidng face-plate coating)

Horizontal Freq

Vertical Freq

Video

Sync

Termination

(Impedance)

Video

Sync.

Display Resolution(Maximum)

30.0k - 96.0kHz

50 - 160Hz

Analog

Composite Sync

Separate Sync

75 ohm to GND

2.2K ohm to GND or more

1792×1344 68Hz (Maximum)

1280x1024 85Hz (recommend)

356 mm(H) * 266 mm(V) Display Size

Misconvergence

Brightness (Full White)

Preset

Full Scan 366 mm(H) * 274 mm(V)

Center: 0.25 mm , Corner : 0.3 mm

100cd/m

2 at 9300K (Cont:MAX Bri:Preset)

5 CONTROL

(User Controls)

6 CONNECTOR

7 POWER SUPPLY

Power Input

Signal Input

Operating Range

Power Consumption (Max.)

8 ENVIRONMENTAL Operating temperature

CONDITION Relative humidity

9 WEIGHT

10 DIMENSIONS Cabinet with Tilt / Swivel stand

Carton

11 REGULATION Safety

12 OTHERS

13 FEATURE

EMC

X-Ray

VLF / ELF

Power Management

Ergonomics

Miscellaneous

Others

Plug & Play

OSM

REMARKS

Aperture Grille

0.7Vp-p

TTL Pos / Neg

Exit, Left, Right,

, +, Select, Reset

Note: User can change Super Bright Mode by pressing a Select key.

Brightness , Contrast , Degauss

H.Size, V.Size, H.Position, V.Position

Color Control (9300K, 8200K, 7500K, sRGB, 5000K)

Color Temperature Adjust, Color Gain Adjust

Geometry : 7ways (Side Pin In/Out , Side Pin Left/Right , Parallelogram,

Trapezoid, Rotation, TopPin In/Out, BottomPin In/Out)

Moire Canceler (Horizontal), Linearrity(Vertical), Vertical Balance

Convergence Adjust(H), Convergence Adjust(V)

Language select (6:E/G/F/SP/IT/JA), OSM position, OSM turn off,

OSM lock out, IPM System, Clamp Pulse Position, Hot Key, Factory Preset

Display mode, Monitor info., Refresh notifire, URL indication

Diagnosis indication

Power Cord (Length:1.8m, Color: Haze Gray)

Mini 15pin D-sub (Length:1.8m, Color:Haze Gray)

AC100-120 / 220-240VAC

100W 2.2A@100-120V / 220-240VAC

Power save < 5W

5- 35 o

10 - 90 % (without condensation)

Net : 22.7kg / 50.0lbs, Gross : 26.7kg / 58.9lds

Net : W 442mm(17.4"), H 443mm(17.4"), D 447.55mm(17.6")

Gross: W 550mm(21.7"), H 580mm(22.8"), D 585mm(23.0")

UL1950(UL), CSA C22.2 No.950(C-UL),

EN60950(TUV-GS), CCIB, PCBC, GOST, PSB

FCC-B, DOC-B, EN55022-B, EN61000-3-2,-3-3,

EN55024(IEC61000-4-2,-4-3,-4-4,-4-5,-4-6,-4-8,-4-11),

C-tick, CCIB, VCCI-B, JPHG

DHHS, Red Act, PTB pr EN50279(MPR-lll), TCO'99, TCO95(for Aver. Black)

JEIDA-G15-1996

International Energy Star Office Equipment Program

TUV-GS (ISO9241-3, ISO9241-7, ISO9241-8),

TCO'99, TCO95(for Aver. Black)

TCO'99, TCO95(for Aver. Black), CE marking, JEIDA-G11-1996

WHQL (Win ME, Win 2000, Win XP)

DDC2B,DDC/CI (Support 9pin-5V)

Self Diagnosis

7 control buttons

5-3

1.3 Regulations

GEOGRAPHICAL

REGION

REGULATIONS

FE991SB(A)

FE991SB-BK(A)

C-UL

TUV/GS

FCC-B

DOC-B

DHHS

Red Act

MPR-III

TCO’99

TCO’95

(Black)

Management*

Ergonomics Miscellaneo us

Energy Star

TCO’99

TCO’95

(Black)

TUV-GS

(IS9241-3

IS9241-7

IS9241-8)

TCO’99

TCO’95

(Black)

FE991SB(B)

FE991SB(C)

FE791SB(R)

C-UL

TUV-GS

PCBC

Gost

PSB

CCIB

CCEE

EN55022-B

EN55024

EN61000-3-2

EN61000-3-3

C-tick

PTB MPR-III

TCO’99

Energy Star

TCO’99

*: This model is applied these regulations in case of including the audio base.

TUV-GS

(IS9241-3

IS9241-7

IS9241-8)

TCO’99

And others

CE Marking

WHQL

(Win ME,

Win 2000,

Win XP)

WHQL

(Win ME,

Win 2000,

Win XP)

5-4

1.4 Regulation Information & Marking Location

Marking

Location

Regulation Information

(1) UL

(1) C-UL

(1),(2) TUV-GS

UL1950 3rd Edition (or UL60950 3 rd

edition)

EN60950 : 1992 & AD1/AD2/AD3/AD4/AD11(or EN60950:2000),

EK1-ITB 2000, ISO9241-3: 1992, ISO9241-7: 1998, ISO9241-8: 1997

(1) PSB

(1) CCIB Chinese Safety & EMI

(1),(2) FCC

- DOC

DHHS

Red Act

47 CFR Chapter I Part15 Subpart B, Class B

Interference-Causing Equipment Standard ICES-003 Issue 3,Class B

21CFR Chapter I Subchapter J

Radiation Emitting Devices Act

- PTB

- MPR-III prEN50297

- TCO’95

(1),(2),(3) TCO’99

Requirements for environmental labeling of personal computers

Requirements and test methods for environmental labeling of display(CRT) and Ecology

(1),(2),(3) CE-Marking EN60950: 1992 & AD1/AD2/AD3/AD4/AD11(or EN60950 : 2000)

EN55022: 1998 Class B,

EN55024: 1998(IEC61000-4-2,-4-3,-4-4,-4-5,-4-6,-4-8,-4-11)

EN61000-3-2 : 1995 & AD1/AD2, EN61000-3-3 : 1995

(2) PCBC Poland

(1),(2),(3) Gost

(1),(2),(3) C-tick

(1),(2) JPHG

AS/NZS3548:1995+A1/A2:1997

(Japan Power Harmonics Guidelines)

Guidelines for the suppression of Harmonics in Household and General –

Use Equipment

- JEIDA

JEIDA-G-15-1996: Guide Line for Low Frequency electromagnetic field

JEIDA-G11-1996: Guide Line for Electrostatic Field Emission.

- WHQL Microsoft Windows® Hardware Quality Labs

Note:

(1) This mark is printed on the “ Rating Label ”.

(2) This mark is printed on the “ Carton Box ”.

(3) This mark is printed on the “ User’s Manual ”.

5-5

2. CRT Specifications

Vendor Mitsubishi

CRT Model No. M46LXH51X31

Type

Size

Dot pitch

Diamondtron NF (Aperture Grille)

46cm/43cm Diagonal View able Image

(19”/18” Diagonal Viewable Image)

0.25mm / 0.27mm

Phosphor Spacing

Deflection Angle

0.26mm

90 degree

Phosphor Type

Electron Gun Type

B22

PX-DBF type

Light Transmission at

Center (Approx.)

Approx.43.5% (Include Face-plate coating)

Face-plate

AR-film

(Anti-reflection and Anti-static)

Useful Screen dimensions 366x 274 mm

Face-plate Curvature

Phosphor Color

Coordinate

H: R=50000 mm , V: R=80000 mm

R: X=0.626 , Y=0.338

G: X=0.278 , Y=0.601 (Typical)

B: X=0.150 , Y=0.068

5-6

3. Electric Specifications

3.1 Deflection Circuit

Horizontal

Vertical

Scanning Frequency

Back Porch

Blanking

H-sync Width

Scanning frequency

V-sync + V-back Porch

V-sync Width

V-Total Line

30 – 96 kHz

> 1.1

µsec

> 2.3

µsec

> 0.9

µsec

50 – 160 Hz

> 420

µsec

2H < Vs < 8H or 100

µsec

> 256H+ V-sync Width

3.2 Signal Input

Video Input Signal

Sync. Input Signal

Video Input Impedance

Sync. Input Impedance

Signal Level

R.G.B analog

External composite sync. TTL(P or N)

External HD/VD separate sync. TTL(P or N)

75 ohm to ground

2.2k ohm to grand or more.

Video signal : 0.70V p-p

±5%

Composite sync. :TTL level(>2.5V)

Separate H/V-sync. :TTL level(>2.5V)

3.3 Video Performance

Video Clock Frequency

Pulse Rise and Fall time

235MHz (Input signal)

6.0nsec (typ.) 10 to 90% at 40Vp-p

The rise and fall time of the input video signal is 2.0nsec or less.

The pulse rise or fall time is determined using the formula :

=

−

(

+

Tsc

)

Where : Ta = Amplifier rise / fall time

Tm = Measured rise / fall time

Ts = Input signal rise / fall time

Tp = Probe effect on rise / fall time = 2.2 x Rl x Cp

Rl = Amplifier output resistance (ohm)

Cp = Total probe capacitance (F)

Tsc= Scope rise / fall time = 0.35 / Scope bandwidth (MHz)

5-7

3.4 Power Supply

Input Voltage 100 - 240 VAC

± 10%

Power Consumption (Max.)

Condition (Monitor):

(Typical)

Condition (Monitor):

AC leakage current

Inrush current

100W 100 - 240VAC, 2.2A

Input voltage:100-240VAC

Signal: No.13 (1600x1200 (75Hz), (All white))

Contrast: Max, Brightness: Max,

SB Mode: ON

H/V size: full scan

Others: default position

92W

Input voltage: 100 - 240VAC

Signal: No.12 (1280x1024 (85Hz), (All white))

Contrast: Max, Brightness: Cut off

SB Mode: OFF

H/V size: Preset

Distortion/color: default position

Except Japan

≤ 3.5mA(259V), Japan ≤ 0.25mA(105V)

≤ 42A 0-peak at 240VAC on cold starting

≤ 100A 0-peak at 240VAC on hot starting

3.5 Power Saving

H-sync V-sync Video

ON Mode On On Active

Off

Mode

Power

Consumption

100W (Max.)

≤ 5W

Recovery

Time

LED

Indicator

- Green

3 - 5 sec Orange

5-8

3.6 Degaussing

Auto Degaussing

Manual Degaussing

The monitor has an automatic degaussing function which activates when the unit is turned on.

This activates degaussing at the user’s discretion after the unit is operating

The Monitor requires minimum of 15 minutes between manual degaussing operations.

4. Functions

4.1 Display Part

4.1.1 Front Controls

EXIT

< > c d

SB MODE e b a

SELECT

RESET f g a : POWER SWITCH b : POWER INDICATOR c : EXIT BUTTON d : ITEM SELECT BUTTONS e : FUNCTION ADJUST BUTTONS f : SELECT BUTTON g : RESET BUTTON

5-9

4.1.2 OSM (On-Screen Manager) Function

4.1.2.1 OSM Menu

Tab 1

Tab 2

Tab 3

Tab 4

5-10

Tab 5

Tab 6 Tab 6 (Language)

Tab 6 (OSM Position) Tab 6 (OSM Turn off)

Tab 6 (OSM Lock) Tab 6 (IPM OFF Mode)

5-11

Tab 6 (Edge Lock) Tab 6 (Hot Key)

Tab 6 Factory Preset

Tab 7 (URL indication) Tab 7 (Display Mode)

Tab 7 (Monitor info.)

5-12

Tab 7 (Refresh Notifier) Refresh Notifier

Item Reset Tab Reset

Factory Preset

5-13

Others

5-14

4.1.2.2 OSM Item variability & Default position.

Tab Item

1 Brightness

Contrast

Degauss

0-100%

50%

(Normal, SB mode2)

Adjusted

(SB mode1)

100%

(A, J)

85%

(B, C, R)

Reset

Yes Up

- - -

0-100% Adjusted Yes

Operate

Right

Down

Left

Short/Tall(V.Size)

0-100% Adjusted Yes

Big

Down

Small

0-100% Adjusted Yes Big Small

1(9300K) -

3(7500K) 1(9300K) Yes - -

5000K-9300K 1:9300K

2:8200K

3:7500K

5:5000K

0-100% Adjusted

Yes High Low

R/G/B gain control Yes Up Down

Left/Right(SidePinBalance)

Top(Top comer)

0-100%

0-100% Adjusted Yes

0-100%

Adjusted Yes

Rotate 0-100%

0-100% Adjusted Yes Big Small

Bottom(Bottom comer)

5 Moire Canceler (Hor)

Moire Canceler (Ver)

(SM-CRT model only)

0-100%

Adjusted Yes

0% Yes

Big

Increase

Small

Decrease

Linearity Balance

Language

OSM Position

OSM Turn off

OSM Lock

IPM OFF Mode

EDGE LOCK

HOT KEY

Factory Preset

0-100%

English /

German /

French /

Spanish / Italian

/ Japanese

5 position

5-120 sec.

OFF/ON

Enable/

Disable

Front/Back

OFF/ON

Adjusted

Yes

Up(Red)

English

(A,B,C,R)

Japanese

(J)

No -

Center

45sec

Yes

Left(Red)

Down(Red)

Cursor move to +/-

Turn off

Time shorter

Turn off

Time longer

Lock on: "Select" + "+"key

Cursor move to +/-

OFF

(Enable)

Back

OFF(A,J)

ON(B,R)

Yes

Cursor move to +/-

All Reset

5-15

7 URL indication

Display Mode

Monitor Info.

Type “W” : WWW.NECMITSUBISHI.COM

Type “J” : WWW.NMV.CO.JP

FH : Horizontal Frequency & Polarity

FV : Vertical Frequency & Polarity

Model Name & Serial Number

OFF/ON OFF - Cursor move to +/-

Default show factory shipping condition.

5-16

4.1.3 Back Panel a: AC POWER CONNECTOR (3P IEC Plug) b: SIGNAL INPUT CONNECTOR pig-tail type (D-SUB 15P)

Signal Cable: Length:1800

±50mm, Color: Hazegray (NEC#8508) a b

4.1.4 Connector Pin Assignment

1) Signal Input Connector (mini D-sub 15P pig-tail cable)

Pin Signal

1 Red-video

2 Green-video

3 Blue-video

4 Gnd

5 DDC

Gnd

11 Gnd

13 H-sync or Composite sync

14 V-sync(v-clock)

Signal Cable Connector

5-17

4.1.5 DDC (Display Data Channel) Functions

VESA DDC 2B (EDID data only) , (Support 9pin-5V)

VESA DDC/CI

4.1.6 Preset Timing

Factory-presets : 14 signals (See 19. Timing sheet of ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURES for detail timing parameters.)

(Signal No. 2 to No.8, No.10 to No.13, No.16 to No.18 are adjustment Signals.)

User-presets : 10 (F.I.F.O)

Preset Timing Discrimination

Horizontal Frequency

Vertical Frequency

≥ 1kHz

≥ 1Hz

* The monitor is able to discriminate input signals by at least one of above parameters.

5-18

5. Display Quality

5.1 Basic Test Conditions

AC Voltage 120VAC 60Hz or 230VAC 50Hz

Video Signal

Picture

Warm Up

Temperature

Relative Humidity

Magnetic Field

Contrast & Brightness

Display Size

Ambient light

Luminance Meter

No.12, 1280 x 1024 (85Hz) (fH=91.1kHz fV=85Hz)

Video signal 0.70

±0.01Vp-p

Reverse cross hatch pattern

More than 30 min. with full white picture

20 – 25 degree C

40 - 80 %

BH=0.000mT, BV=0.040mT (Northern Hemisphere)

BH=0.000mT, BV=-0.040mT (Southern Hemisphere)

Contrast maximum and

Brightness default position (Cut off)

356 x 266 mm for 4:3 aspect ratio

200

± 50 lx

Minolta CA100 or Equivalent

If no description, the test below are applied under the Basic Test Condition.

Unless specified, the monitor is set at the factory default setting.

5.2 Picture Size and Position

Adjustment Signal:

Signal No.1 to 14

Figure

Size

Position

Horizontal : 356mm

± 4.0 mm

Horizontal : | XLef t – Xright |

≤ 4.0mm

Vertical : | XTop - XBottom |

≤ 4.0mm

The picture should adjust underscan.

XTop

Bezel

Video

236 mm

XLeft

XRight

XBottom

315 mm

5.2.1 Size and Position Control Ranges

Signal No.1 to 14

Size Control Ranges

The horizontal and vertical size control should be controllable to “FullScan” at the maximum position.

Signal No.1 to 14

Position Control Ranges

Image position can be controlled to the center position of the bezel opening.

5-19

5.3 Luminance (Brightness)

Signal No.13 (VESA1280*1024@85Hz)

5.3.1 Luminance

at CRT center

(Full white pattern)

5.3.2 Luminance

at CRT center

(Window pattern)

(H:33%,V:33%)

Contrast : Max.

Brightness : default position (Cut off)

95cd/m

≤ Full White ≤ 110 cd/m

(at 9300K + 8 M.P.C.D.)

SB Mode : OFF

Contrast : Max.

Brightness : default position (Cut off)

120 cd/m

≤ Window pattern ≤ 150 cd/m

(at 9300K + 8 M.P.C.D.)

SB Mode 1

Contrast : Max.

Brightness : default position

(Adjust to 0.8 cd/m

at 2/15 gray(32/255 gray)*1)

Window pattern = 200 cd/m

-0, +30 cd/m

(at 9300K + 8 M.P.C.D.)

SB Mode 2

Contrast : Max.

Brightness : default position (Cut off)

Window pattern = 240 cd/m

-0, +30 cd/m

(at 9300K + 8 M.P.C.D.)

*1 Gray scale

0/15

(0/255)

2/15

(32/255)

15/15

(255/255)

5.3.3

Luminance Variation

(Full white pattern)

Contrast : MAX

Brightness :

Adjust to 100cd/m

5.3.4

Back Raster

Luminance

(Full black pattern)

120%

≥

×

100 ≥

80

B2 B3

Brightness : default position (Cut off)

Raster

≤ 0.20 cd/m

Raster must not visible at minimum Brightness control.

Brightness : MAX position

2.0 cd/m

≤ Raster ≤ 6.0 cd/m

5-20

5.4 Color

Signal No.13 (VESA1280*1024@85Hz)

5.4.1Color Temperature

(Window pattern)

(H:33%,V:33%)

Contrast : 100cd/m

Brightness : Cut off

Color-1: 9300K + 8 M.P.C.D.

Xref=0.283

Color-2: 8200K

Y=0.313

Color-3: 7500K

± 0.015

X=0.300

Y=0.315

Color-4: sRGB (Luminance: 80 +20/-10 cd/m

)

X=0.313

Y=0.329

Color-5: 5000K

± 0.015

Y=0.359

5.4.2 White Uniformity

(Full white pattern)

Contrast : 100cd/m

Brightness : Cut off

5.4.3 Color Tracking of

Contrast control

(Window pattern)

(H:33%,V:33%)

5.4.4 Color Tracking of brightness control

(Window pattern)

(H:33%,V:33%)

5.4.5 sRGB color quality

(Full white pattern)

White color temperature (x, y) at B1,B2,B3,B4 is as follows.

A(x ref, y ref)

B1 B4 x < x ref + 0.015

A y < y ref + 0.015

B2 B3

X = Xref + 0.015

Y = Yref + 0.015

Color setting : 9300K

Contrast Control: from 20cd/m

Brightness : Cut off

to MAX

X = Xref

± 0.015

Y = Yref

± 0.015

Color setting : 9300K

Contrast Control: 20cd/m

Brightness : from Man. to Mix.

RED : x=0.640 +0.020/-0.035

+0.030/-0.020

Green: x=0.300

+0.020/-0.020

Blue: x=0.150

Y=0.060

± 0.020

0.020

Brightness:Y=80 +20/-10 cd/m

Gamma: S-g=2.2

± 0.2

5-21

5.5 Geometric Distortion

5.5.1 Partial Distortion

The number of pole point each side

All Preset Signals

Top and Bottom side: Less than 3 point

Left and right side: Less than 2point

5.5.2 Inner Distortion

All Preset Signals With Crosshatch f h

≥ 38kHz: x ≤ 0.5 mm f h

< 38kHz: x

≤ 1.0 mm

5.5.3 Raster Rotation/Tilt

All Preset Signals

| a - b | ≤ 1.0 mm

or -0.5 degree

≤ θ ≤ ± 0.5 degree

Bezel a

5.5.4 Pincushion

All Preset Signals

Top : d1

≤ 1.5 mm

Bottom : b1

≤ 1.5 mm

|d1-b1|

≤ 1.5 mm

Left side : a1

≤ 1.5 mm

Right side : c1

≤ 1.5 mm

|a1-c1|

≤ 1.5 mm

5.5.5 Barrel

All Preset Signals

Top : d2

≤ 1.5mm

Bottom : b2

≤ 1.5 mm

Left side : a2

≤ 1.5 mm

Right side : c2

≤ 1.5 mm a1 a2

5.5.6 Trapezoid

∆y ≤ 1.5 mm

∆x ≤ 1.5 mm

∆x = | x1 - x2 |

∆y = | y1 - y2 | x1 x2 y1 y1

’

5-22

Pole point d1 b1 d2

X b2 y2 y2’ b c1 c2 x1’

Bezel x2

’

5.5.7. Parallelogram

All Preset Signals

-0.8mm

≤ a ≤ +0.8mm

or -0.2 degree

≤ α ≤ +0.2 degree

α a a d c b

5.5.8 Overall Distortion

All Preset Signals d

≤ 1.5mm

Left side : a

≤ 1.5mm

Right side : c

≤ 1.5mm

5.5.9 Video Boundary Geometry

All Preset Signals

≤ 50mm : b-a ≤ 0.5 mm

S > 50mm : b-a

≤ 0.01 x S mm

5.6 Linearity

Linearity

≤ 15%(31-43k) , ≤ 12%(43-55k) , ≤ 10%(55k-) , adjacent: ≤ 6%

≤ 10% , adjacent: ≤ 5%

* at preset timings

* With Green-Crosshatch (17 lines horizontally by 13 lines vertically ) applied.

* The formula used to calculate linearity is:

Xmax – Xmin

(Xmax + Xmin)/2 x 100%

Ymax - Ymin

(Ymax + Ymin)/2 x 100%

Y10

X11

Y12

X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 X8 X9 X10 X11 X12 X13 X14 X15 X16

5-23

X1=X2=X3=

…=X16

Y1=Y2=Y2=

…=Y12

5.7 Misconvergence

Misconvergence

Zone A: X, Y

≤ 0.25 mm within the 236 mm diameter circle

Zone B: X, Y

≤ 0.3 mm within 315 mm x 236 mm

* With White Crosshatch (17 lines horizontally by 13 lines vertically ) applied.

* Zone A is a circular area with 236mm diameter at the center.

* Zone B is a rectangular area (315mm x 236mm) outside of the Zone A.

* Use worst case horizontal/vertical misconvergence between any two primary colors.

Zone B

Zone A

5.8 Focus

Focus

Signal No.13

Contrast : Max.

Brightness: Cut off

Resolution: 1600 x 1280 (75Hz)

Character: 7 x 9 pixel ”

∃”

Color : White

Judgment:

“

∃” character are readable with clearly at the whole screen.

9 lines

The gap between lines should be crisp.

7 dots

Use the video card “Matrox G550” and receive Microsoft

Excel “Work sheet” (1280*1024(85)).

Make sure that there is no double line for horizontal.

5-24

5.9 Halo

Halo

Signal No.13

Contrast : Max.

Brightness: Preset

Character:

Color: Crosshatch

Judgment:

Each color (Red, Blue) line do not form halos.

Vertical lines : halos + core are less than 7 grills(R), 7 grills(B)

Horizontal lines : core : halos = 1 : less than 1.5

Horizontal Vertical

Core

Grills

5.10 Raster Regulation

Raster Size

Judgment:

Regulation

All Preset Signals

1.The total horizontal and vertical size of the picture shall not change more than 1.0mm, when displaying a flat field, and adjusting the brightness from 30 to 110 cd/m

(Full White pattern)

2. The picture size should not vary 1% in the horizontal and vertical direction by Input voltage change in 90-132VAC and 198-264VAC.

Size Change Spec.

−

2 |

−

2 |

≤

Dynamic Raster

Regulation

All preset signal

Pattern

White window

V: 33%

H: 100%

Judgment

f h h

≥ 46kHz: |A-B| ≤ 0.5mm

< 46kHz: |A-B|

≤ 1.0mm

5-25

6. CRT Limits of Screen and Faceplate Blemish

6.1 CRT Face plate defect

6.1.1 Inspection condition

1) Adjust each gun to provide approximately 34cd/m2 of 9300K+27M.P.C.D. (or 6550K+727M.P.C.D.) light at the center of the screen. Ambient light level at the tube face should be approximately 10 luxes.

2) When the tube is not operating, the screen should be viewed under high-level source incandescent light of approximately 200 luxes measured at he faceplate surface.

3) The screen should be viewed distance of 60 cm for both cases.

4) View white and R, G, B individual color, and faceplate appearances.

6.1.2 Quality zone

The screen quality area is divided into the following two quality zones.

Zone A : Inside of the central rectangle of horizontal 360mm by vertical 270mm on the screen.

Zone B : Outside of this rectangle on the screen.

6.1.3 Screen and Faceplate Blemish Acceptance Criteria

1) Screen blemish a. Minimum separation of defects : d d b. Average diameter of defects :

Turn of (a + b) / 2 (a: length, b: width) c. Acceptance criteria for screen blemishes

Black spot, missing aperture b a

Average diameter (mm) A B A + B Minimum distance

0.51 0 0 0 -

0.31 ~ 0.50

0.15 ~ 0.30

6 (note 1)

10 (note 1)

10mm

Discoloration, stain, Missing phosphor, etc.

Average diameter (mm)

0.51 ~ 0.75

00.15 ~ 0.50

Note 1: Applied for each color independently.

A + B

Minimum distance

20mm

5-26

2) Face plate defect a. Blisters, opaque spots and elongated closed blisters

Average diameter (*1)

(mm)

Allowable number (pcs)

Zone A Zone B Total

Minimum Separation

0.76 0 0 0

(mm)

0.51 ~ 0.75

0.26 ~ 0.50

0.11 ~ 0.25 - - -

(*2)

Note (*1) Mean diameter shall be either one of the following values, which is smaller.

(a+b)/2 or a/20+2b (a: length, b: width)

Note (*2) Less than 5pcs. In area of 10mm diameter. b. Flaw

Flaw Width (mm) Specification Length

0.16 ~

0.11 ~ 0.15

0.06 ~ 0.10

~ 0.05

Rejected

Less than 13mm

Less than 26mm

Unlimited c. Other glass defect

Flaw, crack and chip must be visually noticeable.

See the limitation sample regarding iron rust and striae, etc.

6.2 AR-film Blemishes

6.2.1 Inspection conditions

1) Plate a CRT on the test table and illuminate the CRT screen surface by a fluorescent lamp.

2) The luminance on the CRT surface shall be set between 1000 and 1500 luxes.

3) Those not recognized with the naked eye at the viewing distance of 40cm from the CRT surface are not considered to be defects.

5-27

6.2.2 Quality zone

The screen is divided into following 3 zones.

Zone A: Inside of the central rectangle of horizontal 360mm by 270mm on the screen.

Zone B: The area between outside the rectangle and the edge of the phosphor screen.

Zone C: The area outside the edge of the phosphor screen.

Fluorescent surface edge

H zone A zone B zone C

6.2.3 Acceptance Criteria for K Coating Blemishes a. Scratch (Glass and coating)

Width (mm)

0.16 ~

0.11 ~ 0.15

0.06 ~ 0.10

~ 0.05

Specification Length (Zone A + Zone B)

Rejected

Maximum length 13mm

Maximum length 26mm

Unlimited

Note 1: Even though width of scratch is more than 0.16mm, regard scratch whose contrast is weak extremely as stain and apply standard of 6.2.3 a.

Note 2: Do not recognize flaws which injures goods prices though it is not especially stipulated as for zone C. b. Opaque flaws ( ex. Stain ) and coating peeling

Do not apply the following standard to zone C.

Classify flaws by contrast and judge it by size every the contrast.

Definition of contrast

High contrast : The foreign substance which shuts off light from fluorescence surface.

Middle contrast : A semitransparent foreign substance and stain.

( ex. coating material which has been changed )

Low contrast : Stain and dust which do not reflect light from fluorescence surface and can be distinguished by its appearance.

Note : Ignore the light spot with no interference color.

(However, Non of them with its size in excess of 3.75 mm is acceptable, that damages the product quality.)

5-28

Standards

Average diameter classified by a contrast (Note 1) (mm)

High contrast Middle contrast Low contrast

~ 0.10

0.11 ~ 0.25

0.26 ~ 0.50

0.51 ~ 0.75

~ 0.20

0.21 ~ 0.50

0.51 ~ 1.00

1.01 ~ 1.50

0.51 ~ 1.25

1.26 ~ 2.50

2.51 ~ 3.75

Allowable number

Zone A

2 [4]

1 [4]

0 [4]

Zone B

4 [5]

2 [4]

1 [4]

Values inside [ ] represent acceptable number in low contrast.

See the table in the next page for total defect number, which is acceptable in low contrast.

Allowable

Length (mm)

Note 1: Convert (a+b)/2 or a/20 + 2b small value into average diameter. (a: length, b: width) total number of a low contrast flaws Zone A

Standard classified by zones 6

Total ( zone A + zone B ) 10

Zone B

Note 1: Acceptable interval shall be larger one in the case that defects have different interval.

Note 2: There is no standard regarding zone C. Therefore, no defect is accepted that may deteriorate the value of products. Defect level by consultation. Discuss is necessary.

Note 3: Tolerance of defect size is approx. 10%.

6.2.4 Irregularity of reflected color

Irregularity of reflected color that is easily visible should not be recognized. (K coat)

Irregularity of reflected color that influences Raster easily should not be recognized. (AR Film)

6.2.5 Dirt, cloudiness, no uniformity and other defects

The defects shall not be recognized when the green raster is produced over the screen. If necessary, the limit sample is provided.

5-29

7. Inspection of PLUG & PLAY Communication and OSM "MONITOR INFORMATION" for

Model Name/ Serial Number

7.1 A System Construction

This system should be connected as shown below.

Program Disk

Part No. 599910593

Part No.599910508

DESKTOP/NOTE

Signal Generator

Printer Cable

EDID JIG

(NPG)

Signal Cable

Monitor

7.2 Input Signal

Horizontal sync frequency: Not specified.

Vertical sync frequency: Not specified.

7.3 Programs Required

NPGV233.EXE

FE991SB.BAT

FE991SB.TXT

7.4 Inspection Procedures a. Factory Mode: power on + ‘+’ key + ‘

−‘ key. b. Copy the above-mentioned programs in an adequate directory. c. Set up the MO-DOS mode. (DOS Prompt of Windows95/98 is also acceptable.) d. Execute the FE991SB.BAT from the command line. e. "MONITOR INFO." of the OSM is indicated, and a model name and a serial number are confirmed.

When the model name and the serial number are not written in or it differs, h or later is performed. f. Press the F2 key to start the inspection of DDC2B.

As a result of inspection, when EDID data is not written in or it differs, h or later is performed.

5-30

g. Check the serial number of the set and enter an input of the following code from the keyboard.

08109710 Serial Number (Model Code + 1 Space + Serial No.)

Example: 08109710 2450001YA h. Press the Enter key. Then, the EDID data, OSM model name, and the serial number begin to be written in. i. Display “MONITOR INFO.” of the OSM, and confirm that the model name and serial number have been correctly written. j. Press the F2 key to start the inspection of DDC2B.

After the completion of inspection, the contents of EDID are displayed. If an error should occur, the related error message will be displayed in the bottom area of the screen. Refer to Paragraph 7.5 in regard to the meaning of this error message.

5-31

7.5 Error Messages

• IIC Communication Error

Communication disabled

• EDID Check Sum Error

Entry of false EDID

• DDC2 Does Not Find Head Data

DDC2 Communication disabled

7.6 EDID Data File

The EDID data file text is shown below. When you write or inspect EDID for this monitor, the following table can be used.

File name : FE991SB.TXT

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F

00 00 FF FF FF FF FF FF 00 38 A3 D8 61 01 01 01 01

01 03 0C 25 1B 78 EB 7A 68 A0 56 47 99 26

20 12 48 4C FF FF 80 31 59 45 59 61 59 71 4F 81 59

30 81 99 A9 4F C1 45 86 3D 00 C0 51 00 30 40 40 A0

40 13 00 64 0A 11 00 00 1E 00 00 00 FD 00 32 A0 1E

50 60 17 00 0A 20 20 20 20 20 20 00 00 00 FC 00 4E

60 45 43 20 46 45 39 39 31 53 42 0A 20 00 00 00 FF

00 32

00 5D

*1 : address 10h

*2 : address 11h

Table 7.6 Data list

Manufactured month x 4

Manufactured year - 1990

*3 : address 71h ~ 7Dh Input serial number (ASCII code)

Add 0Ah after serial number.

*4 : address 7Fh

Add 20th remaining address.

Checksum. The sum of entire 128byte shall be equal to 00h.

5-32

Appendix 1 Preset Timing Chart

[ H-SYNC ]

Tsh

[ VIDEO ]

Tbh

Tdh

Tfh

[ V-SYNC ]

Tsv

Tdv

Tbv Tfv

[ VIDEO ]

Preset Signal

Signal Name

Clock

(MHz)

(kHz)

(Hz)

(uSec) (uSec) (uSec) (uSec) (uSec) (mSec) (mSec) (mSec) (mSec) (mSec)

(dot)

Tsh

(dot)

Tfh

(dot)

Tbh

(dot)

Tdh

(dot)

(line)

Tsv

(line)

Tfv

(line)

Tbv

(line)

Tdv

(line)

1 VGA

720*400(70)

28.322 31.469 70.087

31.777

(900)

3.813

(108)

0.636

(18)

1.907

(54)

25.422 14.268

(720) (449)

0.064

(2)

0.381

(12)

1.112

(35)

12.711

(400)

2 VGA

640*480(60)

25.175 31.469 59.940

31.778

(800)

3.813

(96)

0.636

(16)

Mac640*480 30.240 35.000 66.667

28.571

(864)

2.116

(64)

VESA

640*480(75)

VESA

800*600(75)

VESA

640*480(85)

31.500 37.500 75.000

49.500 46.875 75.000

36.000 43.269 85.008

26.667

(840)

21.333

(1056)

23.111

(832)

2.032

(64)

1.616

(80)

1.556

(56)

8 VESA

800*600(85)

20.111

74.550

(1152)

1.117

(64)

56.250 53.674 85.061

18.631

(1048)

1.138

(64)

9 VESA

1024*768(75)

78.750 60.023 75.029

16.660

(1312)

Mac1152*870 100.00 68.681 75.062

14.560

(1456)

1.219

(96)

1.280

(128)

11 VESA

1024*768(85)

94.500 68.677 84.997

14.561

(1376)

1.016

(96)

12 VESA

1280*1024(75)

135.00 79.976 75.025

12.504

(1688)

1.067

(144)

13 VESA

1280*1024(85)

157.50 91.146 85.024

10.970

(1728)

VESA

1600*1200(75)

202.50 93.750 75.000

10.667

(2160)

1.016

(160)

0.948

(192)

0.119

(16)

0.406

(64)

0.306

(64)

2.116

(64)

0.508

(16)

0.323

(16)

1.556

(56)

0.559

(32)

0.569

(32)

0.203

(16)

0.320

(32)

0.508

(48)

1.907

(48)

25.422 16.683

(640) (525)

0.064

(2)

3.175

(96)

21.164 15.000

(640) (525)

0.086

(3)

3.810

(120)

3.232

(160)

20.317 13.333

(640) (500)

16.162 13.333

(800) (625)

0.080

(3)

0.064

(3)

2.222

(80)

17.778 11.764

(640) (509)

0.069

(3)

3.910

(224)

14.524 13.414

(832) (667)

0.060

(3)

2.702

(152)

14.222 11.756

(800) (631)

0.056

(3)

2.235

(176)

1.440

(144)

13.003 13.328

(1024) (800)

11.520 13.322

(1152) (915)

0.050

(3)

0.044

(3)

2.201

(208)

10.836 11.765

(1024) (808)

0.044

(3)

1.837

(248)

9.481

(1280)

13.329

(1066)

0.038

(3)

1.420

(224)

1.501

(304)

8.130

(1280)

11.761

(1072)

0.033

(3)

7.901

(1600)

13.330

(1250)

0.032

(3)

0.318

(10)

1.049

(33)

15.253

(480)

1.114

(39)

13.714

(480)

0.427

(16)

12.800

(480)

0.448

(21)

12.800

(600)

0.578

(25)

11.093

(480)

0.784

(39)

12.549

(624)

0.503

(27)

11.179

(600)

0.466

(28)

12.795

(768)

0.568

(39)

12.667

(870)

0.524

(36)

11.183

(768)

0.475

(38)

12.804

(1024)

0.483

(44)

11.761

(1024)

0.491

(46)

12.800

(1200)

0.013

(1)

0.011

(1)

0.011

(1)

0.086

(3)

0.027

(1)

0.021

(1)

0.023

(1)

0.020

(1)

0.019

(1)

0.017

(1)

0.044

(3)

0.015

(1)

- +

- -

+ +

- -

+ +

- -

+ +

5-33

TROUBLE SHOOTING

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Refer to User’s Manual trouble shooting section before using this chart.

Page

1. NO OPERATION, POWER LED FLASHING ................................................................ 6-2

2. NO OPERATION, POWER LED OFF ........................................................................... 6-3

3. VIDEO NOISE, NO SYNC ............................................................................................. 6-4

4. NO VIDEO ..................................................................................................................... 6-5

5. NO RASTER ................................................................................................................. 6-6

6. H. V. SYNC TROUBLE .................................................................................................. 6-8

7. POOR FOCUS .............................................................................................................. 6-9

8. POOR HORIZONTAL LINEARITY .............................................................................. 6-10

6-1

1. NO OPERATION, POWER LED FLASHING

POWER LED FLASHING

POWER SW

TURN OFF

MULTIMETER TEST

Q314, Q504, D505, D151,

D152, D153, D154, D155

CHECK

U501

1. DC P/S O/P VOLTAGE SET AT 12V,CURRENT

SET AT 600MA. POSITIVE CONNECT TO

C330”+”. NEGATIVE CONNECT TO U501 Pin 7.

CONNECT TO Q319-GATE AND U501 Pin 6.

U501 PIN6

PULSE O/P

CHECK

U501 PIN 10 VCC

PIN 4 SAWTOOTH

PIN 8 = 5V

POWER SW

TURN OFF

FAILURE

U501, Q504

6-2

2. NO OPERATION, POWER LED OFF

POWER SW

TURN OFF

CHECK

F101

CHECK

Q101, Q102, r121

CHECK

U101

U101 PIN6

PULSE O/P

1. DC P/S O/P VOLTAGE SET AT 17V,CURRENT SET

AT 200MA. POSITIVE CONNECT TO C111”+”.

NEGATIVE CONNECT TO C107”-“.

SCOPE SET AT 10V/DIV, 10US/DIV, PROBE

CONNECT TO Q101-GATE AND C107”-“.

CHECK

U101 PIN 7 VCC

PIN 4 SAWTOOTH

PIN 8, 5V

POWER SW

TURN ON

FAILURE

R119, R120, R109, ZD101

6-3

3. VIDEO NOISE, NO SYNC

CHECK

Q101 G-S FREQUENCY

YES

CHECK D116, D115

R108, R118

SYNCRONIZE

WITH H-SYNC

CHECK U501

YES

CHECK

Q319 G-S FREQUENCY

SYNCRONIZE

WITH H-SYNC

CHECK HORIZONTAL

FREQUENCY l501 SYNC “+”

TO GND, D116 TO GND

CHECK HORIZONTAL

FREQUENCY C359 TO GND

NORMAL OPERATION

6-4

4. NO VIDEO

NO VIDEO

YES

CHECK

SCREEN CONTROL

CLOCKWISE

YES

CHECK

U201 PINS 5, 6, 7

SIGNAL LEVEL

YES

CHECK

U201 PINS 18, 19, 20

SIGNAL LEVEL

YES

CHECK

U201 PINS 6, 7, 9

SIGNAL LEVEL

YES

CHECK

CATHODE VIDEO

LEVEL

YES

PROBLEM IN CRT

6-5

REFER TO

“NO RASTER”

ON PAGE

TROUBLE IN

R/G/B SIGNAL,

SIGNAL CABLE

PROBLEM IN U201

CLAMP (PIN 23)

U201 12V VOLTAGE

PROBLEM IN U204

12V, 80V VOLTAGE

PROBLEM IN

R255, R235, R215

5. NO RASTER

NO RASTER

YES

CHECK

B+

YES

CHECK

U501 PINS 14, 15

H/V SYNC

YES

CHECK

U701 PIN 35, PIN 2 IS

LOW

YES

CHECK

U501 PINS 6, 8

BDRY, HDRY

YES

CHECK

Q504 DRAIN ABOUT

180Vp-p fH=93KHz

YES

CHECK

Q314 COLLECT PULSE

1000Vp-p

YES

POWER SUPPLY

CHECK

PROBLEM IN

MCU U701

CHECK ISCL, ISDC

YES

TROUBLE

IN U501

TROUBLE IN

D505, T501, Q504,

R525, Q502, Q503

TROUBLE IN

Q314, Q313, D317, T304

6-6

Continue

CHECK

B301 EMITTER H-BLKD

PULSE 40Vp-p

YES

CHECK

Q305 DRAIN PULSE

280Vp-p

YES

CHECK

FBT 2PIN

80V

YES

TROUBLE IN

C331, D316, C332

TROUBLE IN

Q309, R301, D151

TROUBLE IN

U301, Q303, Q305

CHECK

G1 VOLTAGE ABOUT

-20 ~ -5V

YES

TROUBLE IN

G2 VOLTAGE T301

TROUBLE IN

Q307, ZD303, T301, D309

6-7

6. H. V. SYNC TROUBLE

TROUBLE WITH

HOR OR VER SYNC

YES

CHECK

CONNECTOR S701

(PINS 1, 2), SIGNAL

YES

CHECK

U701 (PINS 39,40)

H/V SYNC

SIGNAL

YES

CHECK

U701 (PINS 32,33)

H/V SYNC

SIGNAL

YES

CHECK

U701 (PIN 5)

VOLTAGE

5V?

YES

CHECK

U701 (PINS 7, 8)

FREQ12MHz

TROUBLE IN

SIGNAL CABLE

TROUBLE IN

H/V SYNC LINE &

Q701, Q702

CHECK

U502 PINS 14, 15

TROUBLE IN

H. V. SIGNAL LINE

R507, R508, C521, C522

YES

TROUBLE IN

U501

6-8

TROUBLE IN

5V LINE

TROUBLE IN

X701, U701

7. POOR FOCUS

POOR FOCUS

YES

CHECK

T302 3PIN H-DYNAMIC

PARBOLA WAVEFORM 500Vp-p

V-DYNAMIC PARABOLA

WAVEFORM 150Vp-p

YES

ADJUST

T301 STATIC FOCUS VR AND

DYNAMIC FOCUS VR

1. CHECK STATIC FOCUS AND DYNAMIC

FOCUS VR LINE TO CRT SOCKET.

2. CRT SOCKET OR CRT POOR.

CHECK

T302 H AND V

PARABOLA

WAVEFORM

H-PARABOLA

TROUBLE IN

T302, C325, R341, T301

H-PARABOLA

CHECK

U501 PIN 32

V-PARABOLA WAVE

0.47Vp-p

YES

TROUBLE IN

Q312, C343, R356, R330

CHECK

U501 PIN 32

V-PARABOLA WAVE

0.47Vp-p

YES

ADJUST V-FOUCS

OUTPUT 50 ~ 60%.

6-9

8. POOR HORIZONTAL LINEARITY

POOR HORIZONTAL

LINEARITY

TROUBLE

T303, Q310

6-10

CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

1. Power Circuit ........................................................................................................................ 7-3

1.1 General Description ........................................................................................................... 7-3

1.2 EMI Circuit ......................................................................................................................... 7-3

1.3 AC Rectification and Smoothing Capacitor ........................................................................ 7-3

1.4 Degaussing Circuit ............................................................................................................. 7-3

1.5 Transformer and Energy .................................................................................................... 7-3

1.6 Overcurrent Protection ....................................................................................................... 7-3

1.7 Starter Circuit ..................................................................................................................... 7-4

1.8 Sync Circuit ........................................................................................................................ 7-4

1.9 Feedback Circuit ................................................................................................................ 7-4

1.10 Snubber Circuit ................................................................................................................ 7-4

1.11 Power Management Function .......................................................................................... 7-4

1.12 Harmonic Coil Changeover Circuit .................................................................................. 7-4

2. MCU ..................................................................................................................................... 7-5

2.1 Frequency Specifications ................................................................................................... 7-5

2.2 System Architecture ........................................................................................................... 7-5

2.3 Inputs ................................................................................................................................. 7-5

2.4 Outputs ............................................................................................................................... 7-5

2.5 Pin Assignments ................................................................................................................ 7-6

2.6 CS Table ............................................................................................................................. 7-6

2.7 Model Changeover Table ................................................................................................... 7-6

3. Deflection Circuit .................................................................................................................. 7-7

3.1 Deflection Control IC (IC501) ............................................................................................. 7-7

3.2 Horizontal Deflection Circuit ............................................................................................... 7-8

3.2.1 Horizontal Oscillator Circuit ............................................................................................ 7-8

3.2.2 Step-up Horizontal Deflection Source (+B) ..................................................................... 7-8

7-1

3.2.3 Horizontal Width Control Circuit ...................................................................................... 7-9

3.2.4 Horizontal Drive Circuit ................................................................................................... 7-9

3.2.5 Horizontal Output Circuit and Horizontal Feedback Circuit .......................................... 7-10

3.2.6 Linear Correction Circuit and Character “S” Correction Circuit .................................... 7-11

3.2.7 Centering Circuit ........................................................................................................... 7-12

3.3 Vertical Deflection Circuit ................................................................................................. 7-13

3.3.1 Introduction ................................................................................................................... 7-13

3.3.2 Saw-tooth Wave Signals and Waveform Correction Circuit (U501) ............................. 7-14

3.3.3 Vertical Output Amplifier Circuit (U401) ........................................................................ 7-14

4. High Voltage Circuit ........................................................................................................... 7-14

5. Dynamic Focus Circuit ....................................................................................................... 7-14

6. Safety Protection Circuit and X-ray Protection Circuit ....................................................... 7-15

6.1 X-ray Protection Circuit .................................................................................................... 7-15

6.2 Beam Current Protection Circuit ...................................................................................... 7-15

6.3 Primary Leakage Current Protection Circuit .................................................................... 7-15

7. Video Circuit ....................................................................................................................... 7-16

7.1 Video Pre-amplifier .......................................................................................................... 7-16

7.1.1 Video signal mixing ....................................................................................................... 7-16

7.1.2 Video Clamp ................................................................................................................. 7-16

7.1.3 Horizontal Blanking ....................................................................................................... 7-16

7.1.4 Contrast, White Balance, and Brightness Control ........................................................ 7-17

7.2 Video Bias Control ........................................................................................................... 7-17

7.3 Vertical Flyback Blanking Circuit ...................................................................................... 7-18

7.4 Blanking Operations: Signal Mode Changeover,

Power ON/OFF and Unstable Sync signals ..................................................................... 7-18

7.5 ABL Circuit ....................................................................................................................... 7-19

7.6 SB MODE (Super Bright Mode) ....................................................................................... 7-19

7-2

1. Power Circuit

1.1 General Description

This power unit uses a switching power supply. The switching frequency is synchronized within the range of the horizontal frequencies (31kHz to 96kHz).

1.2 EMI Circuit

The EMI circuit comes in a two-stage configuration. The first stage is composed of the choke coil in the common mode and the capacitor X. The second stage is composed of the four capacitors Y. R101 is a discharge resistor for the capacitor X. When the power switch is OFF, this resistor is used to discharge the electric charge accumulated in the capacitor C101.

The EMI circuit is the circuit that is used to prevent the outflow of monitor’s switching noise toward the outside. Its function is effective in minimizing the adverse influence of switching noise to other electronic devices.

1.3 AC Rectifier and Smoothing Capacitor

The AC input power is rectified by the full bridge type rectifier. This rectifier is composed of the diodes D101 to D104. The AC voltage is converted into a DC voltage by the smoothing capacitor C107.

TH101 is an NTC thermistor intended to reduce the inrush current that is generated when the power switch is turned ON.

1.4 Degaussing Circuit

The degaussing circuit is composed of the PTC thermistor TH102, the degaussing coil and the relay RL181.

The relay is controlled by the control signal from the MCU.

1.5 Transformer and Energy

1) When a drive pulse is fed from U101 pin 6 (IC KA3842A) to the gate of Q101, a current flows from the positive side to the negative side of C107 through the primary winding of transformer T101 (Pin 6 and Pin

4) and Q101 D-S. By this operation, energy is stored in T101. When the supply of the driving pulse to the gate of Q101 is suspended, Q101 is turned OFF and all the diodes connected to the secondary winding is reversed biased so that the energy stored in T101 is discharged to the secondary side. Q101 is turned ON and OFF by U101 and this operation is then repeated.

2) The MOS FET Q101 is turned ON and OFF by U101 (KA3842A). KA3842A is a PWM (Pulse Width

Modulation) IC with an operation start voltage of 16V and an operation stop voltage of 10V.

The pin assignment of the KA3842A pulse width modulation IC chip is shown below.

Pin 1: Feedback

Pin 2: Correction

Pin 5: Ground (GND)

Pin 6: Pulse output

Pin 3: Current sensor

Pin 4: Oscillator

Pin 7: VCC

Pin 8: VREF (5.1V)

1.6 Overcurrent Protection

If a certain fault occurs and the output power on secondary side becomes too excessive, the peak voltage at

U101 Pin 3 raised. When this voltage reaches 1V, U101 operates so that the ON period of Q101 is shortened.

As a result, the output voltage on secondary side and the voltage in the auxiliary winding (Pin 1 and Pin 2) on

T101’s primary side is lowered. When the voltage in the auxiliary winding becomes less than 10V, the oscillation of the U101 is stopped. However, a charging current flows into C111 through R102, R103, Q102, and D105. When the voltage at U101 Pin 7 reaches 16V, U101 begins to oscillate again. As a result, U101 repeats the intermittent oscillation (repetition of oscillation and suspension).

7-3

1.7 Starter Circuit

When the power switch is turned ON, Q102 is turned ON and a charging current flows into C111 through

R102, R103, Q102, and D105. When the voltage at U101 Pin 7 reaches 16V, the U101 begins to oscillate.

When the U101 begins to oscillate, the currents consumed in U101 and Q101 increased. Therefore, current is fed from the auxiliary winding (Pin 1 and Pin 2) on primary side of T101.

1.8 Sync Circuit

When the pulses synchronized with the horizontal frequencies (31kHz to 96kHz), are supplied from the centering choke coil L501 to the sync circuit that is composed of D115, D116, R125, R108, R118, and C119, the oscillation frequency of the U101 is synchronized with the input horizontal frequency.

1.9 Feedback Circuit

The output of the auxiliary winding on the primary side of T101 Pin 1 is converted into a DC voltage by D110 and C112. This DC voltage is divided by R114 and R115, and is then compared with the reference voltage at

U101 Pin 8. The error from the reference voltage is input to U101 Pin 2 and the output voltage is controlled until it becomes identical with the reference voltage.

1.10 Snubber Circuit

The snubber circuit consisting of D116, C109, and R122 is intended to reduce the surge voltage that is generated when Q101 is turned OFF.

1.11 Power Management Function

This is the power saving mode: The power of the 14V line is turned OFF by the MPU (U701), in order to stop the operation of the deflection circuit and the video circuit. At that time,

LED101 changes its color from green to orange.

1) When the power switch is kept in the ON position, the MPU detects both the horizontal and vertical sync signals. If the either the vertical and horizontal sync signals from the PC main unit is no present from the signal cable, the voltage level at the MPU Pin 29 (PS1) turns HI to cause Q152 to turn ON and Q151 is turned OFF. This causes the power of the 14V line to be turn OFF and this causes Q503 to turn OFF. In addition, the -12V power supply fed by U601 from the 14V line is also turns OFF. As a result, operation of the deflection and the video circuits is suspended.

At that time, the potential at MPU Pin 28 (PS2) turns LOW with a 50% duty, thus making Q155 to turn

ON/OFF. As a result, the heater voltage is lowered and the power consumption is reduced.

2) When the user touches the keyboard of the PC in the OFF mode, the MPU detects the horizontal and vertical sync signals to reset the monitor.

1.12 Harmonic Coil Changeover Circuit

In order to suppress harmonics generated from equipment, this coil is connected in series with the live side of the power line. To comply with the world wide specifications for power supplies, the power voltage is divided by the resistors of R131, R132, and R133 and the resulting voltage is used to cause Q131 and Q132 to turn ON/OFF with the threshold value of ZD131 to drive the coil of RL131. In this fashion, changeover is conducted to choose a series connection when the source voltage is high or a parallel connection when the source voltage is low. The source voltage change over is about 170V AC.

7-4

2. MCU

2.1 Frequency Specifications

Horizontal Frequency : 29.5kHz to 96kHz

Vertical Frequency : 43Hz to 160Hz

Support of composite sync signals

2.2 System Architecture

1) MCU - Myson MTV212NM32, 32k-byte ROM size.

2) E

PROM - 24C08 Series, 8k-bits (initialize enabled by microcomputer).

3) OSD - Myson MTV030N16.

2.3 Inputs

1) Sync input - Two pins for reverse inputs of horizontal sync and vertical sync.

2) Key input - Two pins for A/D key input (EXIT, <, >, -, +, SELECT, RESET).

3) One pin for signaling cable connection sensing (for factory).

4) Reset input - High pulses for MCU reset.

5) Crystal oscillator input - Two pins for using a 12MHz crystal oscillator.

6) Detection of oscillation IC operation - One pin.

7) Detection of protector operation - Three pins for beam current, high voltage, and X rays protector detection.

8) External 5V detection input - One pin.

2.4 Outputs

1) Degaussing - Made to be active for a predetermined time period during degaussing. The MCU executes degaussing even when the power supply is turned ON.

2) CS output - Four pins for CS control (CS4, CS2, CS1, CS0)

CS3 not used.

3) MUTE - When the sync signal is unstable, this output becomes active to protect the relevant circuits. The two circuits of MUTE1 and MUTE2 are available.

4) Convergence - Two PWM outputs for horizontal and vertical (19” only).

5) POWER save - Two circuit control pins for power saving.

6) Sync signal output - Two pins for horizontal sync and vertical sync.

7) Rotation - One PWM output pin for rotation circuit control.

8) DDC communication - Communication port of DDC-DDC2B or DDC/CI. Two circuits of HSCL and HSDA.

9) ISDA/ISCL - Two pins for EEPROM, OSD IC, OSC IC, and PRE-AMP IC.

7-5

2.5 Pin Assignments

Pin # Function Circuit symbols

DEFL-IN

UNLOCK supervisory input of OSC IC

MUTE output

Protector input

RESET input

Power input

GND

MUTE1

X/YRAY-IN

RESET

VDD

VSS

Crystal oscillator input

C communication port

CS control output

Not used

Protector input

ISDA

ISCL

CS0

AD-DRIFT

MEAN-IN

HVOLT-IN

Model changeover input

CS control output

OPTION1

CS1

CS2

Not used

CS control output

CS3

CS4

External 5V detection input

PC97

Pin # Function Circuit symbols

Signaling cable detection input

#5(PC)

Key input

DDC communication port

Vertical convergence control output

Horizontal convergence control output

POWER SAVE control output

Degaussing control output

Not used

Vertical sync output

Horizontal sync output

Not used

MUTE output

Rotation control output

Model changeover input

Horizontal sync input

Vertical sync input

AD1

AD0

HSDA

HSCL

CG-V

CG-H

PS2

PS1

DEG

V-OUT

H-OUT

MUTE

ROT

H-IN

V-IN

2.6 CS Table

Horizontal frequencies

CS0

RDF193H/FE991SB/DPlus93SB

CS1 CS2 CS3 CS4

Pin 11 Pin 16 Pin 17 Pin 18 Pin 19

RDF173H/FE791SB/Dpro750SB

CS0

Pin 11

CS1

Pin 16

CS2

Pin 17

CS3

Pin 18

CS4

Pin 19

<34K L L L H L L L L H L

<36.5K L L H H H H L H H L

<40K

<44K

<49K

<52K

<58K

L L H H H L L H H H

L H L H L L H L H L

H H L H L L H L H H

H H L H H L H L H H

H H L H H H H L H H

<62.5K L H H H L L H H H L

<67K L H H H L H H H H L

<74K H H H H L H H H H L

<83K L H H H H L H H H H

83K<98K H H H H H H H H H H

98K< H H H H H H H H H H

2.7 Model Changeover Table

Model Pin 15 Pin 37 Pin 38

RDF193H/FE991SB/DPlus93SB H L H

RDF173H/FE791SB/Dpro750SB H H L

7-6

3. Deflection Circuit

3.1 Deflection Control IC (IC501)

IC501 is in charge of the horizontal width control and the generation of vertical pre-amplifier output. This IC follows the input frequency and generates a proper output of horizontal drive pulses. For the screen size control, this IC also generates the B+ output drive pulses.

In addition, using the control signals from the microcomputer IC701, this IC is used to control the trapezoidal distortion, the pin balance, and the horizontal position. There are also outputs of horizontal and vertical parabolic waveforms for focusing.

The pre-amplifier functions are available for the vertical screen width, the position, and the vertical linearity.

To H_DRIVE Circuit

B_SENCE

To B_DRIVE Circuit

AFC feedback

(From H_OUT Circuit)

(Fig. 3.1) Deflection Control IC (IC501)

7-7

3.2 Horizontal Deflection Circuit

3.2.1 Horizontal Oscillator Circuit

The outputs of the horizontal oscillator drive pulses (Pin 8 H_DRV) and the Power B drive pulses (Pin 6

B_DRIV) are generated from the U501 (TDA4856).

The horizontal drive pulses of about 10Vp-p are output from Pin 8 (H_DRV) in the open collector mode. The duty cycle is about 50% and its frequency is dependent on the input horizontal sync frequency. Even though the input frequency varies, the duty cycle is kept almost constant (about 50%).

The AFC feedback signal from the horizontal deflection output circuit is input to Pin 5 (B_IN) and an error amplifier of R515, R516, C510, and C511 is established between Pin 5 (B_IN) and Pin 3 (B_OUT).

Based on the error-guaranteed voltage at Pin 3 (B_OUT), a voltage B drive pulse output is generated in the open collector mode from Pin 6 (B_DRIV) with the use of the IC’s internal comparator and the flip-flop circuit.

These pulses are output in synchronization with the horizontal drive pulses.

3.2.2 Step-up Horizontal Deflection source (+B)

This is a step-up type chopper circuit consisting of Q504, T601, D505, etc.

Based on the input power supply of 26V, an output of about 30 to 40V (horizontal size MIN to MAX) is generated when fh = 31kHz and another output of about 110 to 130V is generated when fh = 93kHz.

To produce this circuit input, the drive pulse output from U501 (TDA4856) Pin 6 (B_DRIV) and the 26V power is stepped up to obtain a B power source according to this pulse duty.

The deflection source B is obtained from the input pulse duty when the power input is assumed to be Vi, using the formula given below.

D = 1 - (Vi/B)

B = Vi/(1 - D)

For horizontal size and distortion adjustment, a signal is output from U501 Pin 11 (EW_DRV) to Pin 5 (B_IN) which is superposed on the drive pulses output from Pin 6 (B_DRIV).

[B_SENS operation waveform]

When the current of R525 reaches about 3.5A peak (B_SENS voltage at U501 pin 4 = 0.27

Ω * 3.5A =

0.945V; TYP 1.0V for IC specifications), the B_DRV signal at U501 Pin 6 turns OFF and the FET Q504 is turned OFF. At that time, the drain voltage of Q504 is raised by the counter electromotive force and the resultant voltage is used as a B power supply for the deflection circuit. The duration of the counter electromotive force pulse for the B power supply is dependent on the load that is required by the deflection circuit. When the required amount of current is flows through D505, the drain voltage of Q504 settles down to the source voltage (approx. 26V) through the inductance of T501.

26V

H_OUT Circuit

B_DRIVE

(From U501 6pin)

B_SENS

(From U501 4pin)

(Fig. 3.2.2) Step-up Horizontal Deflection Source (+B)

7-8

3.2.3 Horizontal Width Control Circuit

Q314 is controlled by the horizontal drive pulses from IC501. While Q314 is turned ON, the energy is stored in the horizontal deflection yoke. When it is turned OFF, the stored energy flows into C331 and C332. This operation is repeated to maintain the horizontal deflection. The voltage of collector pulses at Q314 is divided by C331 and C332, and the resultant pulses are used for the switching synchronization of the high voltage control IC301 and the generation of horizontal blanking pulses. The horizontal width is controlled by changing the B+ drive pulse duty of the output at IC501 Pin 6. When the duty is changes, the rectifying voltage of D317 and the “S” correction capacitor changes. Then, the horizontal width also changes. The vertical parabolic waveform is generated within IC501 and the resultant output is generated at IC501 pin 5.

This output is then applied to the B+ drive pulse generator circuit through R512. By virtue of this parabolic output, the correction control can be conducted for the pincushion, barrel trapezoidal and upper/lower distortions.

3.2.4 Horizontal Drive Circuit

In the horizontal drive circuit, the horizontal oscillation drive pulses output from IC501 (TDA4856) pin 8

H_DRV of the oscillator are used to convert the power supply of 26V to the base drive current fed to the horizontal transistor through the drive transformer T304 and the switching FET Q313.

26V

Horizontal Transistor Q314

Base Current Ib

H_DRIVE

(From U501 8pin)

(Fig. 3.2.4) Horizontal Drive Circuit

7-9

3.2.5 Horizontal Output Circuit and Horizontal Feedback Circuit

The horizontal output circuit is composed of the horizontal transistor Q314, the damper diode D317, the resonance capacitor C332 and the deflection yoke (H_DY).

When the base current fed from the drive circuit is turned ON, a deflection current flows into the horizontal transistor Q314 for the specified time period. By virtue of the base current drain feature (Ib2), a collector pulse of about 1000V is generated at the collector of Q314 by the resonance circuit consisting of the resonance capacitor C332 and H_DY, the linear coil and the “S” capacitor. The pulse width of this resonance pulse is mainly dependent on the inductance value of the deflection yoke H_DY and the capacitance value of the resonance capacitor.

Using the collector pulse of this output circuit, the presence of an AFC pulse is detected according to the capacitance ratio of the resonance capacitor C332 vs. C331 in the AFC feedback circuit. The AFC feedback circuit is composed of D315, D316, C330, C331, R349, and R350. The detected AFC pulse is DC-rectified by

D315 and C330, and fed back to the +B voltage input circuit (U501: Pin 5 of B_IN) of the oscillator circuit.

(Fig. 3.2.5) Horizontal Output Circuit and Horizontal Feedback Circuit

7-10

3.2.6 Linear Correction Circuit and “S” Correction capacitor Circuit

The horizontal linearity correction circuit uses a variable linear coil (T303).

The variable linear coil T303 is used to control the current with the aid of Q310, R339, C322, and C323 which flows in the primary side of the coil.

The control signal input is entered from the drive pulse circuit of the horizontal deflection source (+B power supply) circuit. It is dependent on the variation (input frequency and horizontal size) in the +B voltage of the horizontal deflection circuit, and is used to control the horizontal linearity.

The “S” capacitor C517 correction circuit is enabled when all the signals are received. For the other “S” capacitors C334, C336, C338 and C340 are turned ON and OFF at each frequency by the FETs Q315, Q317,

Q319 and Q321, respectively, in order to control the increase or decrease in the capacitance of the “S” capacitors according to the input frequency.

The ON/OFF control of the “S” capacitors is carried out according to the CS signals (CS0, CS1, CS2 and

CS4) sent from the MPU.

From the horizontal deflection source (+B) circuit

+B drive pulse input of the horizontal deflection source (+B) circuit

From H_DY

+B voltage

Horizontal linearity correction circuit

(variable linear coil)

“S” correction circuit

“S” changeover circuit

(Fig. 3.2.6) Linear Correction Circuit and “S” Correction Circuit

7-11

3.2.7 Centering Circuit

The horizontal raster centering circuit is inserted between the horizontal deflection source circuit and the horizontal deflection output circuit (H_DY). This circuit is used to assure a current flow of the DC current bias component in order to shift the deflection current waveform toward the horizontal deflection circuit.

The inflow current is controlled through the adjustment of VR501.

The raster centering circuit uses about 5VDC generated by the rectifier circuit of D507 and C518, using the power from the secondary winding of T501 in the horizontal deflection source circuit. As a result, a raster centering correction current is fed from the current circuit that is composed of Q505, R529, R530, VR501,

C519 and L501.

The correction current value is determined by the synthetic impedance (approx. 10

Ω) of R530 and L501.

To H_DY of the horizontal deflection circuit

Horizontal deflection raster centering circuit

Horizontal deflection source +B voltage

(Fig. 3.2.7) Centering Circuit

7-12

3.3 Vertical Deflection Circuit

3.3.1 Introduction

The vertical deflection circuit gains an input of vertical saw-tooth wave signals generated from the oscillator

IC501 Pin 13 Vout1 and Pin 12 Vout2. The resultant output signal is converted into a current that drives the

DY (V) through the use of the U401 (TDA8172) driven by +14V and -12V of the power supply.

The vertical deflection circuit is composed of the following blocks:

1) Saw-tooth wave generator and waveform correction circuit (U501)

2) Vertical output circuit (U401)

Circuit diagram

Vout2 (From U501 12pin)

Vout1 (From U501 13pin)

Equivalent circuit

Vi1(Vout2)

Vi2(Vout1)

R405

6.8k

Ω

R409

6.8k

Ω

R410

3.0k

Ω

Vref1

Vref2

+

V_DY r(DY)

R406

3.0k

Ω

V_DY

Vout

R407

1.2

Ω

(Fig. 3.3.1) Introduction

7-13

3.3.2 Saw-tooth Wave Signal and Waveform Correction Circuit (U501)

1) Vertical oscillator

When a vertical sync signal input is input to U501 Pin 14, the saw-tooth wave signals are output from

U501 Pins 12 and 13. The frequencies of these waveforms are identical with those of the vertical input sync signal. If there is no vertical sync signal input, the frequency of the output waveform is equal to the free-run frequency. This free-run frequency is maintained at approximately 75Hz.

2) Vertical size control circuit

The saw-tooth wave signal output generated from U501 Pins 12 and Pin 13 is input to U401 of the vertical output amplifier. The vertical screen size is controlled by changing the amplitude of this saw-tooth wave signal.

3) Vertical raster position

The saw-tooth wave signal output generated from U501 Pins 12 and 13 is input to U401 of the vertical output amplifier. At the same time, the DC component of the waveform applied to U401 Pin 7 changes to control the vertical raster position.

3.3.3 Vertical Output Amplifier Circuit (U401)

The saw-tooth wave signal output generated from U302 Pin 12 is input to U401 Pin 1 of the vertical output amplifier. The amplified current waveform is output from U401 Pin 5. With this current, the vertical deflection coil is operated.

4. High Voltage Circuit

The high voltage circuit uses the PWM control system to regulate the ON/OFF time of the high voltage generator FET. U301 is the IC that performs the PWM control. The pulse voltage generated in Q305 is stepped up at T301 (F.B.T.) to obtain a 26kV potential. The feedback voltage from T301 Pin 11 is divided by a combination of R316 and VR301, and the obtained voltage is then fed back to IC701 Pin 1. A constant high voltage is maintained by controlling the pulse width of the PWM output at Pin 10. For the adjustment of a high voltage the VR301 is adjusted, which is used as a shunt resistor of the feedback voltage. The PWM output is synchronized with the horizontal sync frequency. The trigger pulse signal for synchronization is output from the shunt voltage of the collector pulse obtained from the horizontal deflection output circuit Q314. This output is applied to IC301 Pin 5.

5. Dynamic Focus Circuit

The primary winding of T302 is driven by the parabolic voltage generated by the horizontal source +B circuit.

As a result, a step-up horizontal parabolic waveform is generated in the secondary winding of T302. On the other hand, the vertical parabolic waveform output is generated from IC501 Pin 32 and it is then amplified at

Q312. The vertical parabolic waveform signal is superposed on the horizontal parabolic waveform signal available on the secondary side of T302. The power supply for Q312 is obtained by using the output voltage at T301 Pin 6, Which is rectified by D307 and C311.

7-14

6. Safety Protection Circuit and X-ray Protection Circuit

6.1 X-ray Protection Circuit

This is a protection circuit intended to prevent the radiation of X-ray from exceeding a dangerous level, possibly caused by an unusual high voltage rise.

Please do not modify either the high voltage circuit or the safety protection circuit.

The high voltage upper limit value and the beam current value are defined by the upper limit curves of X-ray radiation in the CRT.

The X-ray protection circuit operates at 27.5kV. The detection and protection circuit comes in the two circuits.

In Circuit 1, the rise of the pulse voltage at T301 Pin 7 is controlled by comparing the reference voltage with the voltage rectified at D308 and C312 in U302. In an error mode, a high level output from U302 is applied to

U701 Pin 3 (X/XRAY-IN). When an error is sensed, U701 suspends the high voltage deflection for protection in the completely stopped mode.

In Circuit 2, the rise of the pulse voltage T301 Pin 7 is controlled by inputing the voltage which is rectified at

D308 and C312, at U501 Pin 2 (XRAY). When an error is sensed, U501 suspends the oscillation. At the same time, the HUNLOCK is turned HIGH to send the information of abnormal oscillation to the microcomputer. Q301 is simultaneously turned ON to stop the driving U301 for protection.

Operation of this circuit is maintained until the AC power supply is turned OFF, resetting this circuit.

6.2 Beam Current protection Circuit

The protection circuit operates when the current flowing in the high voltage generator winding of the FBT exceeds the specified level. The detection of the beam current is conducted in terms of the voltage drop measured by the circuit elements of VR302, R321, and R320, connected in between T301 Pin 8 and 12V.

When the inrush current flowing in Pin 8 exceeds the specified level, the voltage is lowered at T301 Pin 8.

This voltage input to U302 via R236 and is compared with the reference voltage. In any error mode, the output is turned LOW and this output is input to U701 Pin 13 (MEAN-IN). At this stage, high voltage deflection is suspended in the completely stopped mode.

6.3 Primary Leakage Current Protection Circuit

The protection circuit operates when the current flowing into the primary winding of the FBT exceeds the specified level. The detection of the primary leakage current is conducted in terms of the voltage drop measured at R301 that is connected in between the 83V power supply and T301 Pin 2. When the inrush current flowing into Pin 2 exceeds the specified level, the voltage of R301 is lowered at T301 Pin 2. Q309 is then turned ON and the potential at U501 Pin 2 is turned HIGH via R318. When an error is sensed, U501 suspends oscillation. At the same time, the HUNLOCK is turned HIGH to send the information of abnormal oscillation to the microcomputer. Q301 is simultaneously turned ON to stop driving U301 for protection.

7-15

7. Video Circuit

7.1 Video Pre-amplifier

The U201 is a video pre-amplifier. It is used to control the following functions.

D-SUB

U701

MPU

SDA SCL

U201

Pre-Amp

DAC

B-Bias

DAC

G-Bias

DAC

R-Bias

BIAS circuit

CLAMP

ABL

H-BLK

22 24

CLAMP

(Fig. 7.1) Video Pre-amplifier

U501

OSC IC

U204

OUTPUT-

Amp

U202

OSD

H-BLK

ABL

7.1.1 Video Signal Mixing

In U201, the video signal is mixed with the OSD signal (3, 2, 1 for B, G, R respectively). Then, the resultant signal is mixed with the horizontal blanking waveform signal. Outputs for B, G, R are generated from Pins 18,

19, and 20, respectively.

7.1.2 Video Clamp

The clamp waveform signal with a polarity is output from the oscillator IC (U501) and is input to U201 Pin 23.

7.1.3 Horizontal Blanking

The collector pulses of Q314 are divided by the combination of C331 and C332. The obtained pulses are used as the horizontal blanking pulses and is input to U201 pin 24 with a positive polarity. The potential at

Pin 24 is HIGH during the horizontal flyback period and the video output voltage of U201 is dropped to perform the blanking operation.

7-16

7.1.4 Contrast, White Balance, and Brightness Control

The MPU (U701) sends an 8-bit control data of contrast, white balance, and brightness to the U201 through the I

C bus (SCL, SDA line). The contrast data is used for the simultaneous control of the R, G, B cathode voltages for the three channels. The white balance data is used to control R, G, B, gains respectively. The brightness data is used for the simultaneous control of the R, G, B bias levels. Then, the brightness data are converted from digital to analog (DC voltage 0 to 5V) in U201. The data from the D/A output pins (14, 15, 16) are respectively output to the bias circuits (B_BIAS, G_BIAS, R_BIAS).

7.2 Video Bias Control

The video signals are amplified at the U204. The bias voltages output from U201 are amplified in the bias circuit to control the Brightness.

The brightness of the back raster is adjusted by controlling the black level of the CRT cathode, which is the

DC clamp level of the output for the bias circuit. The brightness of this back raster is adjusted by the brightness. The output from the bias circuit is dependent on the R/G/B bias and brightness. The R/G/B bias is individually adjusted by controlling the D/A outputs from U201 Pins 14, 15, and 16 through the I

2 extended from U701.

C bus

U201

Pre-Amp

B-Bias G-Bias R-Bias

R217

R237

R257

U204

OUTPUT-

Amp

83V Line

BIAS circuit

3 B

R256 R236 R216

D254

D234

(Fig. 7.2) Video Bias Control

D214

CRT

7-17

7.3 Vertical Flyback Blanking Circuit

The V-OUT output from the MPU U701 Pin 32 is synthesized with the vertical deflection output that has been shaped by the circuit of C409, D402, R415, R414, and C408. The synthesized output is used for the blanking operation of the vertical flyback period, by switching Q401 that is connected to G1.

G1 vertical deflection output

U701

32pin

(Fig. 7.3)Vertical Flyback Blanking Circuit

7.4 Blanking Operation: Signal Mode Changeover, Power ON/OFF and Unstate Sync signals

The image blanking operation at the time of signal mode changeover and power ON/OFF is carried out by controlling the G1 voltage. This voltage control is actually effected by Q307 that makes the switching of the blanking pulse output sent from the MUTE1 circuit of the U701 Pin 2 through D310.

When the sync signals become unstable, the blanking operation is carried out by controlling the G1 voltage, whose operation is actually effected by Q307 that makes the switching of the blanking pulse output sent from the HUNLOCK circuit of the U501 through D311.

12V

U701

2pin

U501

17Pin

T301

5pin

(Fig. 7.4) Blanking Operation: Signal Mode Changeover, Power ON/OFF and Unstable Sync signals

7-18

7.5 ABL Circuit

The ABL circuit performs the adjustment of the ABL level with the use of VR302.

7.6 SB MODE (Super Bright Mode)

The Super Bright Mode (SB MODE hereafter) is a function to achieve the effective display of images by emphasizing their intonation. This feature is enabled by controlling the brightness level and the contrast.

The SB MODE makes the best use of the features of the high brightness CRT. In this mode, the video amplitude is increased so that the maximum brightness is raised higher than that in the normal mode.

In the case of this model two kinds of the SB MODE are available, chosen by changing the setting according to the application.

In the SB MODE1 that is intended to achieve a sharp display of photos or the like, the black level is lowered than usual to strain the black tone so that the brightness can be raised by increasing the video amplitude.

In the SB MODE2 that is intended to achieve the reproduction of motion pictures like DVD, etc., the black level is cut off and the maximum brightness is raised higher than that in the SB MODE1. This mode is effective in attaining the maximum brightness almost equivalent to the brightness of a TV screen, useful for the expression of details in a dark scene. As a matter of course, the maximum brightness of the SB MODE1 is lower than that of the SB MODE2.

In the SB MODE, U201 is controlled by the microcomputer through the I

C bus to realize this mode. At that time, the video amplitude (maximum brightness) and the image bias point (black level) are controlled.

7-19

REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST

The components specified for Model FE991SB(A)

SYMBOL

Part No for NPG Part No for NMV

*** ICS ***

U201

U202

U203

U204

U301

U302

U401

U501

U601

U701

U702

80016621

80016761

80010891

80016611

80016141

80010251

80001041

80007131

80010641

80016951

80009941

79PQ2544

79PQ2546

79PQ1731

79PQ2543

79PQ2534

79PQ2205

79PQ0793

79PQ2525

79PQ2527

79PQ2550

79PQ2277

DESCRIPTION

IC LM1267

OSD IC MTV030N-046 FOR P7

IC LM2480

IC LM2465

IC TL494

IC LM358N/KIA358P

IC TDA8172 (N.S,SGS)

IC TDA4856

IC KA7812 CT(TO-220)

FLASH MCU MTV212MN32 N170

IC ATMEL EEPROM AT24C08B

Q156

Q157

Q181

Q201

Q271

Q301

Q302

Q303

Q304

Q305

*** TRANSISTORS ***

Q101 80016441

Q102

Q103

Q104

Q105

Q131

80005251

80014321

EAA09456

Q132

Q151

Q152

Q153

Q155

EAA09456

EB307720

80014321

EA306691

EB307720

Q306

Q307

Q309

Q310

Q312

Q313

Q314

80014321

80016661

EAA09456

EAA18157

EBA07336

80014321

EAA09456

EBA07336

EAA09456

80008081

EF206300

EBA04230

EA306691

80005251

EF206300

80016161

79PQ2539

79PQ2524

79PQ2529

79PQ0056

79PQ1246

79PQ2529

79PQ1522

79PQ1246

79PQ2529

79PQ2545

79PQ0056

79PQ0734

79PQ0062

79PQ2529

79PQ0056

79PQ0062

79PQ0056

79PQ2526

79PQ1525

79PQ0061

79PQ1522

79PQ2524

79PQ1525

79PQ2535

FET N 2SK2843(SC) 600V/10

TR NPN KSP44 TO-92(T)

TR NPN KRC102M TO-92(T)

TR NPN 2SC945 TO-92(T)

TR PNP KSB772 TO-126

TR NPN KRC102M TO-92(T)

TR NPN HSD669AC TO-126

TR PNP KSB772 TO-126

TR NPN KRC102M TO-92(T)

TR 2SD882

TR NPN 2SC945 TO-92(T)

TR NPN 2SC1815GR TO-92(T)

TR PNP 2SA733P TO-92(T)

TR NPN KRC102M TO-92(T)

TR NPN 2SC945 TO-92(T)

TR PNP 2SA733P TO-92(T)

TR NPN 2SC945 TO-92(T)

TR N 2SK2996

FET N IRF630 TO-220 3P

TR PNP BF423 TO-92(T)

TR NPN HSD669AC TO-126

TR NPN KSP44 TO-92(T)

FET N IRF630 TO-220 3P

TR NPN 2SC5515 TO-3P

8-1

SYMBOL

Part No for NPG Part No for NMV

Q502

Q503

Q504

Q505

Q601

Q602

Q603

Q613

Q614

Q615

Q315

Q316

Q317

Q318

Q319

Q320

Q321

Q322

Q401

Q501

Q616

Q617

Q618

Q701

Q702

Q703

EF206301

80014321

EF206301

80014321

80003311

80014321

EF206301

80014321

EAA04220

EAA09456

80003311

EAA12133

EAA09456

EAA12133

EBA06733

EAA09456

EAA12133

EBA06733

EAA09456

EAA12133

EBA06733

EAA23690

EAA09456

EBA07336

79PQ0064

79PQ2529

79PQ0064

79PQ2529

79PQ1168

79PQ2529

79PQ0064

79PQ2529

79PQ0811

79PQ0056

79PQ1168

79PQ0057

79PQ0056

79PQ0057

79PQ1524

79PQ0056

79PQ0057

79PQ1524

79PQ0056

79PQ0057

79PQ1524

79PQ0059

79PQ0056

79PQ0062

DESCRIPTION

FET N YTAF630 TO-220F

TR NPN KRC102M TO-92(T)

FET N YTAF630 TO-220F

TR NPN KRC102M TO-92(T)

FET N YTAF640 TO-220F

TR NPN KRC102M TO-92(T)

FET N YTAF630 TO-220F

TR NPN KRC102M TO-92(T)

TR NPN BF422 TO-92(T)

TR NPN 2SC945 TO-92(T)

FET N YTAF640 TO-220F

TR NPN 2SC1213AC TO-92(T)

TR NPN 2SC945 TO-92(T)

TR NPN 2SC1213AC TO-92(T)

TR PNP 2SA673AC TO-92(T)

TR NPN 2SC945 TO-92(T)

TR NPN 2SC1213AC TO-92(T)

TR PNP 2SA673AC TO-92(T)

TR NPN 2SC945 TO-92(T)

TR NPN 2SC1213AC TO-92(T)

TR PNP 2SA673AC TO-92(T)

TR NPN PH2369 TO-92(T)

TR NPN 2SC945 TO-92(T)

TR PNP 2SA733P TO-92(T)

*** DIODES ***

D101 EJB20001

D102

D103

D104

D105

EJB20001

EJ044148

D106

D107

D108

D109

D110

D111

D112

EJ044148

80003841

EJ044148

80003841

EJ044148

D113

D115

D116

D117

D118

D119

D120

D131

EJ044148

80003821

EJ044148

EJAC0010

79PQ0318

79PQ0065

79PQ1489

79PQ0065

79PQ1489

79PQ0065

79PQ1487

79PQ0065

79PQ2552

DIODE/A 3A 1N5406 (FAGOR)

DIODE T" 1N4148"

DIODE 1A/20V UF4003 DG41

DIODE T" 1N4148"

DIODE 1A/20V UF4003 DG41

DIODE T" 1N4148"

DIODE 1A/1KV UF4007 D041

DIODE T" 1N4148"

DIODE/T 1A 1N4007

8-2

SYMBOL

Part No for NPG Part No for NMV

D306

D307

D308

D309

D310

D311

D312

D313

D314

D315

D251

D252

D253

D254

D271

D301

D302

D303

D304

D305

D211

D212

D213

D214

D230

D231

D232

D233

D234

D250

D132

D150

D151

D152

D153

D154

D155

D181

D203

D210

D316

D317

D318

D319

D401

D402

D501

D502

EJ044148

80000451

EJ044148

EJAE0001

80001121

80009741

80003841

80009761

EJ044148

80003841

EJ044148

80003841

EJ044148

EJA05819

80016531

80016961

80012371

80003571

80010341

EJ044148

EJAC0018

EJ044148

80000451

EJ044148

80000451

EJ044148

80003841

EJB00004

EJ044148

EJA00018

EJAC0005

EJ044148

79PQ0065

79PQ0043

79PQ0065

79PQ0069

79PQ2521

79PQ1784

79PQ1489

79PQ1786

79PQ0065

79PQ1489

79PQ0065

79PQ1489

79PQ0065

79PQ1644

79PQ2541

79PQ2551

79PQ2528

79PQ2522

79PQ2063

79PQ0065

79PQ1251

79PQ0065

79PQ0043

79PQ0065

79PQ0043

79PQ0065

79PQ1489

79PQ0070

79PQ0065

79PQ1526

79PQ0067

79PQ0065

DESCRIPTION

DIODE T" 1N4148"

DIODE STKY/T 1A/40V 1N581

DIODE 3A/600V RL4A (SANKE

DIODE/A 3.5A/200V RL4Z(SA

DIODE 3A/200V SF33(CHENMK

DIODE 200V/2A UF003 (CHEN

DIODE SR260 2A/60V(CHENMK

DIODE T" 1N4148"

DIODE/T 1A 1N4937

DIODE T" 1N4148"

DIODE/T 1/2W 1SS83

DIODE T" 1N4148"

DIODE/T 1/2W 1SS83

DIODE T" 1N4148"

DIODE/T 1/2W 1SS83

DIODE T" 1N4148"

DIODE/T 1A SR106

DIODE 3A/400V HER305G

DIODE/T UF4005

DIODE 1A/20V UF4003 DG41

DIODE/T UF4004

DIODE T" 1N4148"

DIODE 1A/20V UF4003 DG41

DIODE T" 1N4148"

DIODE 1A/20V UF4003 DG41

DIODE/A 5TUZ47

DIODE T" 1N4148"

DIODE/T 1A UF4006

DIODE/T 1A 1N4002

DIODE T" 1N4148"

8-3

SYMBOL

Part No for NPG Part No for NMV

D503

D504

D505

D507

D601

D602

D605

D606

D704

D709

EJ044148

80001121

80003841

EJ044148

LED101 80000131

ZD101 EKA0200B

ZD102 EKA0180B

ZD131 EKA0150B

ZD151 EKA00604

ZD303 EKA00906

ZD701 EKA00607

ZD702 EKA00607

ZD703 EKA00607

ZD704 EKA00607

ZD705 EKA00607

ZD706 EKA00607

ZD712 EKA0150B

ZD713 EKA0150B

79PQ0065

79PQ2521

79PQ1489

79PQ0065

79PQ0021

79PQ1252

79PQ0078

79PQ2553

79PQ1441

79PQ0076

79PQ0292

79PQ2553

DESCRIPTION

DIODE T" 1N4148"

DIODE 3A/400V HER305G

DIODE 1A/20V UF4003 DG41

DIODE T" 1N4148"

LED L-59GH/1GYC

*** TRANSFORMERS ***

T101

T301

T302

T304

80016461

80016781

80016811

80016121

79PQ2540

79PQ2547

79PQ2549

79PQ2533

*** VARIABLE RESISTORS ***

VR301 FF310223 79PQ2573

VR302

VR501

FF310223

FF310501

79PQ2573

79PQ2231

POWER XFMR ERL35 200UH E9

FBT N1901(MERITRON)

DF X'FM N1901

DRIVE X'FM 7.75MH (EI-19)

VR CARBON 6MM 22K

VR CARBON 6MM 500H

*** RELAYS & SWITCHES ***

SW101 JC800121 79PQ2453

SW701

SW702

80000251

79PQ0028

SW703

SW704

SW705

SW706

SW707

80000251

79PQ0028

*** PWB ASSYS ***

CRTBD AC0M12MM 79PQ2595

SW POWER DC 30V 0.1A SPUN

TACT SW 1P 100G+-50

CRT INSERT ASSY(FE991SB)

8-4

SYMBOL

Part No for NPG Part No for NMV

MAINBD AM0M22MM 79PQ2596

DESCRIPTION

MAIN INSERT ASSY(FE991SB)

*** COILS & FILTERS ***

B201 HC006002

B203

B204

L101

L102

80000561

80016421

80016431

L131

L151

L201

L202

L203

L210

L211

80010281

HB000008

HB013100

HB013278

HB013338

L230

L231

L250

L251

L301

L501

RL181

T501

HB013278

HB013338

HB013278

HB013338

80016071

80016081

80003761

80016801

79PQ1104

79PQ1232

79PQ2537

79PQ2538

79PQ1724

79PQ0276

79PQ1277

79PQ1752

79PQ2590

79PQ1752

79PQ2590

79PQ1752

79PQ2590

79PQ2531

79PQ2532

79PQ2523

79PQ2548

BEAD 3.5X4.7/T

BEAD 3.5*6*0.8/T

CORE EMI C. C. ET28X28 25

CORE EMI C. C. UU10.5 1MH

HARMONIC CHOKE EE42 50MH

CHOKE COIL 100UH 8X10

PACKING COIL T 10UH K

PACKING COIL /T 0.27UH K

PACKING COIL /T 0.33UH K(

PACKING COIL /T 0.27UH K

PACKING COIL /T 0.33UH K(

PACKING COIL /T 0.27UH K

PACKING COIL /T 0.33UH K(

CHOCK COIL 14UH P75

CHOCK COIL 8.0MH (DRWW16*

REPLY 12V 6P OSA-SS-212DM

CHOKE COIL 45UH N1901

*** ELECTRICAL PARTS & MISCELLANEOUS PARTS ***

B101 HC006003 79PQ1595 BEAD 3.5X8/T

B102

B103

HC005003

79PQ1594

BEAD 3.5X8/T(WBRH-2.5X8X0

B301

B302

B303

B304

CABLE

CRTS

DEG

HC006003

80016301

80005711

80016571

79PQ1595

79PQ2536

79PQ1363

79PQ2542

BEAD 3.5X8/T

SIGNAL CABLE P75

ISDW02S41 CRT SOCKET

DEGAUSSING COIL E95 UN-PU

F101

P101

P-CORD

RL131

TH101

TH102

X701

80001521

JD512001

80001631

80005831

80004371

80015731

EM012004

79PQ0799

79PQ0290

79PQ0703

79PQ1722

79PQ1499

79PQ2530

79PQ1735

FUSE 3.15A/250V 50T

AC SOCKET 3P

POWER CORD2P2MCOLORSG8508

RELAY 12V 8 P MI-SS-212D

THERMISTOR NTCR N15SP006L

THERMISTOR PTCR 4.5H(9H13

X'TAL 49U 12MHZ

*** APPEARANCE PARTS ***

CABB 10102051 79PQ2514

CABF 10102031

CHASS 12000631

REVS 11000991

79PQ2513

79PQ2515

79PQ2466

CABINET BACK

CABINET FRONT ASSY

REVOLVING STAND ASSY

8-5

SYMBOL

Part No for NPG Part No for NMV

SPONGE 17000301 79PQ1359

DESCRIPTION

CUSHION PIECE(BACK)

*** PRINTED & PACKING MATERIALS ***

BAGP1 13700031 79PQ2252

BAGP2 13700021

CART 13201541

MANU

15501182

15001561

79PQ0958

79PQ2516

79PQ2520

79PQ2519

PEBAG 13700071

POLB 13400771

POLT 13400761

79PQ0959

79PQ2518

79PQ2517

CARTON BOX FE991SB(A)

OWNERS MANUAL FE991SB(A)

NAME PLATE INSTRUCTION FE

POLYLON(B)

POLYLON(T)

R123

R124

R125

R126

R127

R128

R129

R131

R132

R133

R135

R137

R138

R113

R114

R115

R116

R117

R118

R119

R120

R121

R122

*** RESISTORS ***

R101 FA330684

R102

R103

R104

R105

FA330333

FA240564

R106

R107

R108

R109

R110

R111

R112

FB244708

FB910010

FA040390

FA240470

FA240103

FA240563

FA240242

FB242702

FA240222

FB244531

FA240203

FA330330

FA330102

FC240158

FB560338

FB570683

FA240104

FA240222

FA330102

FA040472

FA330470

FA330564

FA330434

FA330513

FA330433

FA040103

FA240681

79PQ0156

79PQ1039

79PQ0328

79PQ2561

79PQ0345

79PQ0108

79PQ0136

79PQ0126

79PQ1646

79PQ1032

79PQ1052

79PQ0129

79PQ2560

79PQ0128

79PQ2556

79PQ0146

79PQ2572

79PQ1183

79PQ2570

79PQ0822

79PQ0129

79PQ0146

79PQ0114

79PQ2266

79PQ1544

79PQ2558

79PQ2559

79PQ2557

79PQ0083

79PQ0140

CARBON 1/2W(T) 5% 680K

CARBON 1/2W(T) 5% 33K

CARBON 1/4W(T) 5% 560K

METAL 1/4W(T) 1% 4.7H

METAL 1/4W(T) 5% 1OHM

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 39OHM

CARBON 1/4W 5% 47OHM

CARBON 1/4W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/4W(T) 5% 56K

CARBON 1/4W(T) 5% 2.4K

METAL 1/4W(T) 1% 27K

CARBON 1/4W(T) 5% 2.2K

METAL 1/4W(T) 1% 4.53K

CARBON 1/4W(T) 5% 20K

CARBON 1/2W(T) 5% 33H

CARBON 1/2W(T) 5% 1K

WOUND RES 3W/M(A)5% 0.15H

MOF 2W/M(A) 5% 0.33H

MOF 2W/M(B) 5% 68K

CARBON 1/4W(T) 5% 100K

CARBON 1/4W(T) 5% 2.2K

CARBON 1/2W(T) 5% 1K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 4.7K

CARBON 1/2W(T) 5% 47H

CARBON 1/2(T) 5% 560K

CARBON 1/2W(T) 5% 430K

CARBON 1/2W(T) 5% 51K

CARBON 1/2W(T) 5% 43K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/4W(T) 5% 680OHM

8-6

SYMBOL

Part No for NPG Part No for NMV

R218

R230

R231

R233

R235

R236

R237

R238

R250

R251

R206

R207

R208

R209

R210

R211

R213

R215

R216

R217

R162

R164

R165

R181

R182

R201

R202

R203

R204

R205

R139

R148

R151

R153

R154

R155

R156

R157

R158

R161

R253

R255

R256

R257

R258

R270

R271

R272

FA040102

FA040101

FA040330

FB247509

FA240330

FA040105

FA040102

FA240750

FA040101

FA040330

FB247509

FA240330

FA040105

FA040102

FA240750

FA040101

FA040330

FA040103

FA040162

FA330224

FA330104

FA240103

FA330751

FA240103

FA330751

FA240102

FA240122

FA330109

FA330102

FA240103

FA240473

FA040562

FA040105

FA040222

FA040562

FA040221

FB247509

FA240330

FA040105

FA040102

FA240750

FA240472

FA040103

FA040472

79PQ0082

79PQ0081

79PQ0105

79PQ0168

79PQ1645

79PQ0085

79PQ0082

79PQ0141

79PQ0081

79PQ0105

79PQ0168

79PQ1645

79PQ0085

79PQ0082

79PQ0141

79PQ0081

79PQ0105

79PQ0083

79PQ2211

79PQ0828

79PQ0826

79PQ0126

79PQ2215

79PQ0126

79PQ2215

79PQ0125

79PQ1030

79PQ0147

79PQ0146

79PQ0126

79PQ0138

79PQ0739

79PQ0085

79PQ0095

79PQ0739

79PQ1255

79PQ0168

79PQ1645

79PQ0085

79PQ0082

79PQ0141

79PQ0137

79PQ0083

79PQ0114

DESCRIPTION

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 1.6K

CARBON 1/2W (T) 5% 220K

CARBON 1/2W(T)5%100K

CARBON 1/4W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/2W(T) 5% 750H

CARBON 1/4W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/2W(T) 5% 750H

CARBON 1/4W 5% 1KOHM

CARBON 1/4W(T) 5% 1.2KH

CARBON 1/2W (T) 5% 1OHM

CARBON 1/2W(T) 5% 1K

CARBON 1/4W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/4W 5% 47KOHM

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 5.6K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 1M

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 2.2K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 5.6K

R,CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 220H

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 1K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 100OHM

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 33OHM

METAL 1/4W(T) 1% 75OHM

CARBON 1/4W(T) 5% 33H

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 1M

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 1K

CARBON 1/4W(T) 5% 75OHM

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 100OHM

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 33OHM

METAL 1/4W(T) 1% 75OHM

CARBON 1/4W(T) 5% 33H

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 1M

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 1K

CARBON 1/4W(T) 5% 75OHM

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 100OHM

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 33OHM

METAL 1/4W(T) 1% 75OHM

CARBON 1/4W(T) 5% 33H

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 1M

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 1K

CARBON 1/4W(T) 5% 75OHM

CARBON 1/4W(T) 5% 4.7K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 4.7K

8-7

SYMBOL

Part No for NPG Part No for NMV

R316

R317

R318

R319

R320

R321

R322

R323

R324

R325

R306

R307

R308

R309

R310

R311

R312

R313

R314

R315

R284

R285

R286

R287

R289

R301

R302

R303

R304

R305

R273

R274

R275

R276

R277

R278

R279

R280

R282

R283

R326

R327

R328

R329

R330

R331

R333

R334

FA040102

FA040472

FA040222

FA040102

FA040220

FA040103

FA040102

FA040511

FA040103

FA330100

FA040753

FA040512

FA040104

FA040103

FA330102

FA330103

FA040103

FA330274

FA330223

FA040102

FA040681

FA040102

FA330101

FA240334

FA040102

FB241002

FB470229

FA040101

FA040472

FA040101

FA040103

FA040123

FA040102

FB470338

FA040102

FA040103

FA040563

FA040102

FA040103

FA040333

FA040103

FA330104

FA330102

FB560104

FA040105

FA040103

79PQ0082

79PQ0114

79PQ0095

79PQ0082

79PQ1528

79PQ0083

79PQ0082

79PQ0117

79PQ0083

79PQ0144

79PQ1619

79PQ1531

79PQ0084

79PQ0083

79PQ0146

79PQ0825

79PQ0083

79PQ1038

79PQ2554

79PQ0082

79PQ0120

79PQ0082

79PQ0145

79PQ1034

79PQ0082

79PQ0161

79PQ1471

79PQ0081

79PQ0114

79PQ0081

79PQ0083

79PQ0087

79PQ0082

79PQ1712

79PQ0082

79PQ0083

79PQ0820

79PQ0082

79PQ0083

79PQ0106

79PQ0083

79PQ0826

79PQ0146

79PQ2568

79PQ0085

79PQ0083

DESCRIPTION

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 680OHM

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 1K

CARBON 1/2W(T) 5% 100OHM

CARBON 1/4W(T) 5% 330K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 1K

METAL 1/4W(T) 1% 10K

MOF 1W/M(A) 5% 2.2OHM

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 100OHM

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 4.7K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 100OHM

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 12K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 1K

MOF 1W/M(A) 5% 0.33H

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 1K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 56K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 1K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 4.7K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 2.2K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 1K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 22H

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 1K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 510OHM

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/2W(T) 5% 10OHM

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 75K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 5.1K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 100K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/2W(T) 5% 1K

CARBON 1/2W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/2W(T) 5% 270KH

CARBON 1/2W(T) 5% 22K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 1K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 33K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/2W(T)5%100K

CARBON 1/2W(T) 5% 1K

MOF 2W/M(A) 5% 100K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 1M

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

8-8

SYMBOL

Part No for NPG Part No for NMV

R403

R404

R405

R406

R407

R408

R409

R410

R411

R412

R356

R357

R358

R359

R360

R361

R362

R363

R364

R401

R345

R347

R348

R349

R350

R351

R352

R353

R354

R355

R335

R336

R337

R338

R339

R340

R341

R342

R343

R344

R413

R414

R415

R501

R502

R503

R504

R505

FA040222

FA040513

FA040103

FA040101

FA040472

FA040101

FB560339

FB470229

FA240229

FA040682

FA040302

FB470139

FA330122

FA040682

FA040302

FA040222

FA040103

FB470101

FA040103

FB470100

FA040103

FB470331

FA330330

FA040103

FA040151

FA040103

FB710121

FA330270

FB710518

FB241003

FB245601

FA040472

FA040103

FA040472

FA040103

FA040472

FA040332

FA040104

FA040101

FA040223

FA040222

FB242611

79PQ0095

79PQ0118

79PQ0083

79PQ0081

79PQ0114

79PQ0081

79PQ0180

79PQ1471

79PQ1031

79PQ0121

79PQ1529

79PQ1648

79PQ1539

79PQ0121

79PQ1529

79PQ0095

79PQ0083

79PQ0169

79PQ0083

79PQ0340

79PQ0083

79PQ0743

79PQ2556

79PQ0083

79PQ0319

79PQ0083

79PQ1555

79PQ2555

79PQ2571

79PQ1047

79PQ1058

79PQ0114

79PQ0083

79PQ0114

79PQ0083

79PQ0114

79PQ0321

79PQ0084

79PQ0081

79PQ0096

79PQ0095

79PQ0165

DESCRIPTION

MOF 1W/M(A) 5% 100OHM

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

MOF 1W/M(A) 5% 10OHM

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

RES MOF 1W/M(A) 5% 330H

CARBON 1/2W(T) 5% 33H

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 150OHM

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

MOF 2W/M(A) 5% 120H

CARBON 1/2W(T) 5% 27H

MOF 3W/M(A) 5% 0.51H

METAL 1/4W(T) 1% 100K

METAL 1/4W(T) 1% 5.6K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 4.7K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 4.7K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 2.2K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 51K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 100OHM

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 4.7K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 100OHM

MOF 2W/M(A) 5% 3.3OHM

MOF 1W/M(A) 5% 2.2OHM

CARBON 1/4W(T) 5% 2.2H

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 6.8K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 3K

MOF 1W/M(A) 5% 1.3H

CARBON 1/2W (T) 5% 1.2K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 6.8K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 3K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 2.2K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 4.7K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 3.3K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 100K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 100OHM

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 22K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 2.2K

METAL 1/4W(T) 1% 2.61K

8-9

SYMBOL

Part No for NPG Part No for NMV

R604

R614

R615

R616

R617

R618

R619

R627

R628

R629

R526

R527

R528

R529

R530

R531

R533

R601

R602

R603

R516

R517

R518

R519

R520

R521

R522

R523

R524

R525

R506

R507

R508

R509

R510

R511

R512

R513

R514

R515

R630

R635

R701

R702

R703

R704

R705

R706

FA040222

FA040103

FB560561

FA040103

FB440010

FA040103

FB271742

FA040333

FA040103

FA040184

FA040220

FB470242

FA040472

FA040102

FB470242

FA040472

FA040102

FA040103

FB560201

FB247250

FA040101

FA040103

FA040104

FA040153

FA040102

FA040103

FA040223

FA040333

FA040512

FA040222

FA040103

FA040472

FA040102

FA040563

FA040220

FA040103

FB560278

FB560201

FA040102

FA040472

FA040101

FA040472

79PQ0095

79PQ0083

79PQ2569

79PQ0083

79PQ2566

79PQ0083

79PQ2563

79PQ0106

79PQ0083

79PQ0092

79PQ1528

79PQ2567

79PQ0114

79PQ0082

79PQ2567

79PQ0114

79PQ0082

79PQ0083

79PQ1474

79PQ2562

79PQ0081

79PQ0083

79PQ0084

79PQ0090

79PQ0082

79PQ0083

79PQ0096

79PQ0106

79PQ1531

79PQ0095

79PQ0083

79PQ0114

79PQ0082

79PQ0820

79PQ1528

79PQ0083

79PQ1884

79PQ1474

79PQ0082

79PQ0114

79PQ0081

79PQ0114

DESCRIPTION

METAL 1/4W(T) 1% 725H

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 100OHM

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 100K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 15K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 1K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 22K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 33K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 5.1K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 2.2K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 4.7K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 1K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 56K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 22H

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

MOF 2W/M(A) 5% 0.27H

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 2.2K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

MOF 2W/M(A) 5% 560H

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

MOF 1W/M(A) 5% 1H

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

METAL 1/4W/M(T) 1% 17.4K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 33K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 180K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 22H

MOF 1W/M(A) 5% 2.4K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 4.7K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 1K

MOF 1W/M(A) 5% 2.4K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 4.7K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 1K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

MOF 2W/M(A) 5% 200OHM

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 1K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 4.7K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 100OHM

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 4.7K

8-10

SYMBOL

Part No for NPG Part No for NMV

R747

R748

R749

R751

R752

R754

R756

R757

R760

R762

R731

R732

R733

R734

R735

R736

R737

R738

R739

R746

R721

R722

R723

R724

R725

R726

R727

R728

R729

R730

R707

R708

R710

R711

R713

R714

R715

R716

R717

R719

FA040472

FA040101

FA040472

FA040471

FA040222

FA040472

FA040103

FB275601

FA040472

FA040103

FA040472

FA040103

FA040472

FA040392

FA040272

FA040105

FA040472

FB277500

FA040103

FA040102

FB272701

FA040472

FB275601

FA040101

FA040472

FA040101

FB271002

FB277500

FA040472

FB272701

FA040472

79PQ0114

79PQ0081

79PQ0114

79PQ0113

79PQ0095

79PQ0114

79PQ0083

79PQ1967

79PQ0114

79PQ0083

79PQ0114

79PQ0083

79PQ0114

79PQ0110

79PQ0100

79PQ0085

79PQ0114

79PQ2565

79PQ0083

79PQ0082

79PQ2564

79PQ0114

79PQ1967

79PQ0081

79PQ0114

79PQ0081

79PQ1862

79PQ2565

79PQ0114

79PQ2564

79PQ0114

DESCRIPTION

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 1M

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 4.7K

METAL 1/4W/M(T) 1% 750H

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 1K

METAL 1/4W/M(T) 1%2.7K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 4.7K

METAL 1/4W/M(T) 1% 5.6K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 100OHM

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 4.7K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 100OHM

METAL 1/4W/M(T) 1% 10K

METAL 1/4W/M(T) 1% 750H

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 4.7K

METAL 1/4W/M(T) 1%2.7K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 4.7K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 100OHM

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 4.7K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 470OHM

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 2.2K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 4.7K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

METAL 1/4W/M(T) 1% 5.6K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 4.7K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 4.7K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 4.7K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 3.9K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 2.7K

*** CAPACITORS ***

C101 GJ047400

C102

C103

GJH102E5

C105

C106

C107

GJH102E5

GKA337E5

79PQ0272

79PQ0274

79PQ0382

SAFETY X-CAP 0.47U/275V M

SAFE Y-CAP/S 1000P/400V M

POWER ELECT 85C 330U/400V

8-11

SYMBOL

Part No for NPG Part No for NMV

C203

C205

C206

C207

C209

C210

C211

C212

C213

C230

C155

C157

C158

C159

C160

C161

C162

C181

C182

C202

C118

C119

C121

C131

C132

C135

C151

C152

C153

C154

C108

C109

C110

C111

C112

C113

C114

C115

C116

C117

C231

C232

C233

C250

C251

C252

C253

C270

GAA10825

GAA10775

GAA47735

GA322635

GA322735

GA347625

GA315725

GA310655

GE210352

GB910358

GA310655

GB910358

GA310655

GB210458

GB910358

GA410575

GA210575

GB210458

GA347625

GB7103H3

GA310655

GA322745

GA310655

GF222252

GB210458

GB715153

GB747153

GF233262

GF210452

GA3105E5

GA310555

GJC222E5

GAA10775

GA347755

GAB10835

GA322735

GB910358

GA410575

GA210575

GB210458

GB910358

GA410575

GA310575

GB656052

79PQ0218

79PQ1576

79PQ1577

79PQ1743

79PQ1266

79PQ0210

79PQ2577

79PQ0198

79PQ0245

79PQ0242

79PQ0198

79PQ0242

79PQ0198

79PQ0228

79PQ0242

79PQ0213

79PQ1265

79PQ0228

79PQ0210

79PQ1746

79PQ0198

79PQ1082

79PQ0198

79PQ0754

79PQ0228

79PQ2582

79PQ0238

79PQ0256

79PQ0752

79PQ2576

79PQ0196

79PQ0273

79PQ1576

79PQ2578

79PQ0223

79PQ1266

79PQ0242

79PQ0213

79PQ1265

79PQ0228

79PQ0242

79PQ0213

79PQ0197

79PQ1087

DESCRIPTION

ELECT 85°C/T 47U/16V M

CERAMIC Y5P(B)/T0.01U/1KV

ELECT 85°C/T 10U/50V M

ELECT 85°C/T 220U/35V M

ELECT 85°C/T 10U/50V M

MEF CAP BOX 0.0022U/50V J

CERAMIC Y5V/T 0.1U/50V Z

CERAMIC Y5P(B)/T 150P/50V

CC Y5P(B)/T 470P/50V K

MEF CAP BOX 0.0033U/63VJ

MEF CAP BOX 0.1U/50V J

ELECT 85OC/T 1U/400V M

ELECT 85°C/T 1U/50V M

SAFE Y-CAP/D 2200P/400V M

ELECT 85C/ A 100U/100V M

ELECT 85OC/T 470U/50V M

ELECT 105°C/A1000U/25V M

C,ELEC 220UF 25V M

ELECT 85°C/A 1000U/16V M

ELECT 85C/ A 100U/100V M

ELECT 85C/A 470U/25V M

ELECT 85C/T 22U/25V M

C,ELEC 220UF 25V M

ELECT 85°C/T 47U/16V M

ELECT 85OC/T 150U/16V M

ELECT 85°C/T 10U/50V M

CQ PEI/T 0.01U/50V J

CC Z5V(F)/T 0.01U/50V Z

ELECT 85°C/T 10U/50V M

CC Z5V(F)/T 0.01U/50V Z

ELECT 85°C/T 10U/50V M

CERAMIC Y5V/T 0.1U/50V Z

CC Z5V(F)/T 0.01U/50V Z

ELECT NP/T 1U/100V M

C,ELEC 1UF 100V M

CERAMIC Y5V/T 0.1U/50V Z

CC Z5V(F)/T 0.01U/50V Z

ELECT NP/T 1U/100V M

C,ELEC 1UF 100V M

CERAMIC Y5V/T 0.1U/50V Z

CC Z5V(F)/T 0.01U/50V Z

ELECT NP/T 1U/100V M

ELECT 85°C/T 1U/100VM

CERAMIC SL/T 56P/50V

8-12

SYMBOL

Part No for NPG Part No for NMV

C307

C308

C309

C310

C311

C312

C313

C314

C315

C316

C293

C294

C295

C296

C301

C302

C303

C304

C305

C306

C280

C282

C283

C284

C285

C286

C287

C288

C289

C290

C272

C273

C274

C275

C276

C277

C278

C279

C27A

C27E

C317

C318

C320

C321

C322

C323

C325

C326

GA322555

GB647152

GA210675

GA347625

GA310725

GB768153

GF210452

GB768153

GF222352

GB710153

GFE102H2

GF268452

GA310555

GA3105D5

GA347655

GA310685

GA322555

GA347625

GB910358

GA347625

GB910358

GB7102F3

GB7222F3

GA222675

GAA10575

GB7102F3

GB910358

GB618152

GB7102F3

GA310555

GB210458

GB7102F3

GB9332H3

GB9472H3

GB910358

GF210462

GA347625

GB910358

GBE332F5

GA310555

GAA22775

GA347625

GB768153

GA310555

GB7121H3

GB910358

79PQ0202

79PQ1930

79PQ2574

79PQ0210

79PQ0199

79PQ1582

79PQ0752

79PQ1582

79PQ0857

79PQ2580

79PQ2589

79PQ1194

79PQ0196

79PQ2575

79PQ1267

79PQ1081

79PQ0202

79PQ0210

79PQ0242

79PQ0210

79PQ0242

79PQ0234

79PQ1717

79PQ1078

79PQ1744

79PQ0234

79PQ0242

79PQ2233

79PQ0234

79PQ0196

79PQ0228

79PQ0234

79PQ0243

79PQ2235

79PQ0242

79PQ0253

79PQ0210

79PQ0242

79PQ2583

79PQ0196

79PQ2579

79PQ0210

79PQ1582

79PQ0196

79PQ2581

79PQ0242

DESCRIPTION

ELECT 85°C/T 47U/16V M

CC Z5V(F)/T 0.01U/50V Z

CC Y5P(B)/T 1000P/500V K

CERAMIC Y5P(B) 2200P/500V

ELECT 105°C/T 22U/100V M

ELECT 85C/A 1U/100V M

CC Y5P(B)/T 1000P/500V K

CC Z5V(F)/T 0.01U/50V Z

CERAMIC SL/T 180P/50V J

CC Y5P(B)/T 1000P/500V K

ELECT 85°C/T 1U/50V M

CERAMIC Y5V/T 0.1U/50V Z

CC Y5P(B)/T 1000P/500V K

CC Z5V(F)/T 3300P/1KV Z

CERAMIC Z5V(F)/T 4700P/1K

CC Z5V(F)/T 0.01U/50V Z

MEF CAP BOX 0.1U/63V J

ELECT 85°C/T 47U/16V M

CC Z5V(F)/T 0.01U/50V Z

ELECT 85°C/T 2.2U/50V M

CERAMIC SL/T 470P/50V J

ELECT 105OC/T 10U/100V M

ELECT 85°C/T 47U/16V M

ELECT 85°C/T 100U/16V M

CERAMIC Y5P(B)/T 680P/50V

MEF CAP BOX 0.1U/50V J

CERAMIC Y5P(B)/T 680P/50V

MEF CAP BOX 0.022U/50V J

CERAMIC Y5P(B)/T 100P/50V

PLASTIC PMS/A 1000P/1KV J

MEF CAP BOX 0.68U 50V J

ELECT 85°C/T 1U/50V M

ELECT 85OC/T 1U/350V M

C,ELEC 47UF 50V M

ELECT 85°C/T 10U/250V M

ELECT 85°C/T 2.2U/50V M

ELECT 85°C/T 47U/16V M

CC Z5V(F)/T 0.01U/50V Z

CC Z5U(E)/A 3300P/500V M

ELECT 85°C/T 1U/50V M

ELECT 85OC/A 220U/100V M

ELECT 85°C/T 47U/16V M

CERAMIC Y5P(B)/T 680P/50V

ELECT 85°C/T 1U/50V M

CERAMIC Y5P(B)/T 120P/1KV

CC Z5V(F)/T 0.01U/50V Z

8-13

SYMBOL

Part No for NPG Part No for NMV

C508

C509

C510

C511

C512

C513

C514

C515

C516

C517

C409

C410

C411

C501

C502

C503

C504

C505

C506

C507

C338

C339

C340

C343

C401

C403

C404

C406

C407

C408

C327

C328

C330

C331

C332

C333

C334

C335

C336

C337

C518

C519

C520

C521

C522

C523

C524

C601

GA310555

GF210482

GA310745

GA310725

GA310655

GB639052

GF215452

GF210452

GF282252

GF282352

GE410351

GF268252

GF210352

GB768153

GF210352

GA322655

GF210252

GA347755

GB7471H3

GFD304E2

GF210452

GA322585

GF210272

GFB10482

GFE622J2

GB210458

GFB22482

GB210458

GFB56482

GA347555

GFB15582

GB210458

GFB10482

GA310655

GA347725

GF222452

GF222252

GB710253

GF215352

GA310725

GB910358

GB610153

GB639052

GA322725

79PQ0196

79PQ1586

79PQ0848

79PQ0199

79PQ0198

79PQ1928

79PQ1098

79PQ0752

79PQ2312

79PQ2587

79PQ2584

79PQ2586

79PQ0751

79PQ1582

79PQ0751

79PQ1122

79PQ0748

79PQ2578

79PQ0239

79PQ1624

79PQ0752

79PQ0203

79PQ0750

79PQ1209

79PQ1749

79PQ0228

79PQ0889

79PQ0228

79PQ0380

79PQ0208

79PQ2588

79PQ0228

79PQ1209

79PQ0198

79PQ0851

79PQ0756

79PQ0754

79PQ0233

79PQ2585

79PQ0199

79PQ0242

79PQ1578

79PQ1928

79PQ0204

DESCRIPTION

MEF CAP BOX 0.1U/50V J

ELECT 85°C/T 2.2U/250V M

MEF CAP BOX 0.001U/100V J

PLASTIC MPP/A 0.10U/250VJ

PLASTIC PMS/A 6200P/2KV J

CERAMIC Y5V/T 0.1U/50V Z

PLASTIC MPP/A 0.22U/250V

CERAMIC Y5V/T 0.1U/50V Z

PLASTIC MPP/A 0.56U/250V

ELECT 85°C/T 4.7U/50V M

PLASTIC MPP/A 1.5U/250V J

CERAMIC Y5V/T 0.1U/50V Z

PLASTIC MPP/A 0.10U/250VJ

ELECT 85°C/T 10U/50V M

ELECT 85C/T 470U/16VM

MEF CAP BOX 0.22U/50V J

MEF CAP BOX 0.0022U/50V J

CC Y5P(B)/T 1000P/50V K

MEF CAP BOX 0.015U/50V J

ELECT 85°C/T 1U/50V M

MEF CAP BOX 0.1U/250V J

ELECT 85C/T 100U/35VM

ELECT 85°C/T 100U/16V M

ELECT 85°C/T 10U/50V M

CERAMIC SL/T 39P/50V J

MEF CAP BOX 0.15U/50V J

MEF CAP BOX 0.1U/50V J

MEF CAP BOX 0.0082U/50V J

MEF CAP BOX 0.082U/50V J

PLASTIC PPN/T 0.01UF/50V

MEF CAP BOX 0.0068U/50V J

MEF CAP BOX 0.01U/50V J

CERAMIC Y5P(B)/T 680P/50V

MEF CAP BOX 0.01U/50V J

ELECT 85°C/T 22U/50V M

MEF CAP BOX 0.001U/50V J

ELECT 85OC/T 470U/50V M

CC Y5P(B)/T 470P/1KV K

PLASTIC PMM/T 0.3U/400V J

ELECT 85°C/T 100U/16V M

CC Z5V(F)/T 0.01U/50V Z

CERAMIC SL/T 100P/50V K

CERAMIC SL/T 39P/50V J

ELECT 85°C/T 220U/16V M

8-14

SYMBOL

Part No for NPG Part No for NMV

C703

C704

C705

C706

C709

C710

C716

C717

C718

C719

C720

C602

C603

C611

C612

C613

C614

C615

C616

C701

C702

GA322725

GA322555

GB733153

GA310655

GB733153

GA310655

GB210458

GE210352

GB210458

GA310715

GB633052

GB710153

GB710253

GB210458

GB910358

79PQ0204

79PQ0202

79PQ1580

79PQ0198

79PQ1580

79PQ0198

79PQ0228

79PQ0245

79PQ0228

79PQ1570

79PQ0231

79PQ2580

79PQ0233

79PQ0228

79PQ0242

DESCRIPTION

ELECT 85°C/T 220U/16V M

ELECT 85°C/T 2.2U/50V M

CERAMIC Y5P(B)/T 330P/50V

ELECT 85°C/T 10U/50V M

CERAMIC Y5P(B)/T 330P/50V

ELECT 85°C/T 10U/50V M

CERAMIC Y5V/T 0.1U/50V Z

CQ PEI/T 0.01U/50V J

CERAMIC Y5V/T 0.1U/50V Z

ELECT 85O C/T 100U/10V M

CERAMIC SL/T 33P/50V J

CERAMIC Y5P(B)/T 100P/50V

CC Y5P(B)/T 1000P/50V K

CERAMIC Y5V/T 0.1U/50V Z

CC Z5V(F)/T 0.01U/50V Z

8-15

REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST

The components specified for Model FE991SB-BK(A)

SYMBOL Part No for NPG Part No for NMV

*** ICS ***

U201

U202

U203

U204

U301

U302

U401

U501

U601

U701

U702

80016621

80016761

80010891

80016611

80016141

80010251

80001041

80007131

80010641

80016951

80009941

79PQ2544

79PQ2546

79PQ1731

79PQ2543

79PQ2534

79PQ2205

79PQ0793

79PQ2525

79PQ2527

79PQ2550

79PQ2277

DESCRIPTION

IC LM1267

OSD IC MTV030N-046 FOR P7

IC LM2480

IC LM2465

IC TL494

IC LM358N/KIA358P

IC TDA8172 (N.S,SGS)

IC TDA4856

IC KA7812 CT(TO-220)

FLASH MCU MTV212MN32 N170

IC ATMEL EEPROM AT24C08B

Q181

Q201

Q271

Q301

Q302

Q303

Q304

Q305

Q306

Q307

Q309

Q310

Q312

Q313

*** TRANSISTORS ***

L131 EF100113

Q101

Q102

EF100113

80005251

Q103

Q104

Q105

80014321

EAA09456

Q131

Q132

Q151

Q152

Q153

Q155

Q156

Q157

EAA09456

EB307720

80014321

EA306691

EB307720

80014321

80016661

EAA09456

EAA18157

EBA07336

80014321

EAA09456

EBA07336

EAA09456

80008081

EF206300

EBA04230

EA306691

80005251

EF206300

79PQ0056

79PQ0734

79PQ0062

79PQ2529

79PQ0056

79PQ0062

79PQ0056

79PQ2526

79PQ1525

79PQ0061

79PQ1522

79PQ2524

79PQ1525

79PQ2812

79PQ2524

79PQ2529

79PQ0056

79PQ1246

79PQ2529

79PQ1522

79PQ1246

79PQ2529

79PQ2545

FET N 2SK2843(SC) 600V/10

TR NPN KSP44 TO-92(T)

TR NPN KRC102M TO-92(T)

TR NPN 2SC945 TO-92(T)

TR PNP KSB772 TO-126

TR NPN KRC102M TO-92(T)

TR NPN HSD669AC TO-126

TR PNP KSB772 TO-126

TR NPN KRC102M TO-92(T)

TR 2SD882

TR NPN 2SC945 TO-92(T)

TR NPN 2SC1815GR TO-92(T)

TR PNP 2SA733P TO-92(T)

TR NPN KRC102M TO-92(T)

TR NPN 2SC945 TO-92(T)

TR PNP 2SA733P TO-92(T)

TR NPN 2SC945 TO-92(T)

TR N 2SK2996

FET N IRF630 TO-220 3P

TR PNP BF423 TO-92(T)

TR NPN HSD669AC TO-126

TR NPN KSP44 TO-92(T)

FET N IRF630 TO-220 3P

8-16

SYMBOL Part No for NPG Part No for NMV

Q601

Q602

Q603

Q613

Q614

Q615

Q616

Q617

Q618

Q701

Q702

Q703

Q315

Q316

Q317

Q318

Q319

Q320

Q321

Q322

Q401

Q501

Q502

Q503

Q504

Q505

EF206301

80014321

EF206301

80014321

80003311

80014321

EF206301

80014321

EAA04220

EAA09456

80003311

EA306691

EAA09456

EAA12133

EBA06733

EAA09456

EAA12133

EBA06733

EAA09456

EAA12133

EBA06733

EAA23690

EAA09456

EBA07336

79PQ0064

79PQ2529

79PQ0064

79PQ2529

79PQ1168

79PQ2529

79PQ0064

79PQ2529

79PQ0811

79PQ0056

79PQ1168

79PQ1522

79PQ0056

79PQ0057

79PQ1524

79PQ0056

79PQ0057

79PQ1524

79PQ0056

79PQ0057

79PQ1524

79PQ0059

79PQ0056

79PQ0062

DESCRIPTION

FET N YTAF630 TO-220F

TR NPN KRC102M TO-92(T)

FET N YTAF630 TO-220F

TR NPN KRC102M TO-92(T)

FET N YTAF640 TO-220F

TR NPN KRC102M TO-92(T)

FET N YTAF630 TO-220F

TR NPN KRC102M TO-92(T)

TR NPN BF422 TO-92(T)

TR NPN 2SC945 TO-92(T)

FET N YTAF640 TO-220F

TR NPN HSD669AC TO-126

TR NPN 2SC945 TO-92(T)

TR NPN 2SC1213AC TO-92(T)

TR PNP 2SA673AC TO-92(T)

TR NPN 2SC945 TO-92(T)

TR NPN 2SC1213AC TO-92(T)

TR PNP 2SA673AC TO-92(T)

TR NPN 2SC945 TO-92(T)

TR NPN 2SC1213AC TO-92(T)

TR PNP 2SA673AC TO-92(T)

TR NPN PH2369 TO-92(T)

TR NPN 2SC945 TO-92(T)

TR PNP 2SA733P TO-92(T)

*** DIODES ***

D101 EJB20001

D102

D103

EJB20001

D104

D105

D106

D107

EJB20001

EJ044148

D108

D109

D110

D111

D112

D113

D115

D116

D117

D118

D119

D120

D131

80003841

EJ044148

80003841

EJ044148

80003821

EJ044148

EJAC0010

79PQ0318

79PQ0065

79PQ1489

79PQ0065

79PQ1489

79PQ0065

79PQ1487

79PQ0065

79PQ2552

DIODE/A 3A 1N5406 (FAGOR)

DIODE T" 1N4148"

DIODE 1A/20V UF4003 DG41

DIODE T" 1N4148"

DIODE 1A/20V UF4003 DG41

DIODE T" 1N4148"

DIODE 1A/1KV UF4007 D041

DIODE T" 1N4148"

DIODE/T 1A 1N4007

8-17

SYMBOL Part No for NPG Part No for NMV

D230

D231

D232

D233

D234

D250

D251

D252

D253

D254

D271

D301

D302

D303

D304

D305

D306

D132

D150

D151

D152

D153

D154

D155

D181

D203

D210

D211

D212

D213

D214

D307

D308

D309

D310

D311

D312

D313

D314

D315

D316

D317

D318

D319

D401

D402

D501

D502

EJ044148

80000451

EJ044148

80000451

EJ044148

EJAE0001

80001121

EJ044148

EJA05819

80016531

80016961

80012371

80003571

80010341

EJ044148

EJAC0018

EJ044148

80000451

80009741

80003841

80009761

EJ044148

80003841

EJ044148

80003841

EJB00004

EJ044148

EJA00018

EJAC0005

EJ044148

79PQ0065

79PQ0043

79PQ0065

79PQ0043

79PQ0065

79PQ0069

79PQ2521

79PQ0065

79PQ1644

79PQ2541

79PQ2551

79PQ2528

79PQ2522

79PQ2063

79PQ0065

79PQ1251

79PQ0065

79PQ0043

79PQ1784

79PQ1489

79PQ1786

79PQ0065

79PQ1489

79PQ0065

79PQ1489

79PQ0070

79PQ0065

79PQ1526

79PQ0067

79PQ0065

DESCRIPTION

DIODE T" 1N4148"

DIODE STKY/T 1A/40V 1N581

DIODE 3A/600V RL4A (SANKE

DIODE/A 3.5A/200V RL4Z(SA

DIODE 3A/200V SF33(CHENMK

DIODE 200V/2A UF003 (CHEN

DIODE SR260 2A/60V(CHENMK

DIODE T" 1N4148"

DIODE/T 1A 1N4937

DIODE T" 1N4148"

DIODE/T 1/2W 1SS83

DIODE T" 1N4148"

DIODE/T 1/2W 1SS83

DIODE T" 1N4148"

DIODE/T 1/2W 1SS83

DIODE T" 1N4148"

DIODE/T 1A SR106

DIODE 3A/400V HER305G

DIODE/T UF4005

DIODE 1A/20V UF4003 DG41

DIODE/T UF4004

DIODE T" 1N4148"

DIODE 1A/20V UF4003 DG41

DIODE T" 1N4148"

DIODE 1A/20V UF4003 DG41

DIODE/A 5TUZ47

DIODE T" 1N4148"

DIODE/T 1A UF4006

DIODE/T 1A 1N4002

DIODE T" 1N4148"

8-18

SYMBOL Part No for NPG Part No for NMV

ZD151

ZD303

ZD701

ZD702

ZD703

ZD704

ZD705

ZD706

ZD712

ZD713

D503

D504

D505

D507

D601

D602

D605

D606

D704

D709

LED101

ZD101

ZD102

ZD131

EJ044148

80001121

80003841

EJ044148

80000131

EKA0200B

EKA0180B

EKA01201

EKA00604

EKA00906

EKA00607

EKA0150B

79PQ0065

79PQ2521

79PQ1489

79PQ0065

79PQ0021

79PQ1252

79PQ0078

79PQ0077

79PQ1441

79PQ0076

79PQ0292

79PQ2553

DESCRIPTION

DIODE T" 1N4148"

DIODE 3A/400V HER305G

DIODE 1A/20V UF4003 DG41

DIODE T" 1N4148"

LED L-59GH/1GYC

ZEN DIODE 1/2W(T) HZS20.2

ZEN DIODE 1/2W(T) 18V

ZEN DIODE 1/2W(T) 12A2

ZEN DIODE 1/2W(T) HZS6B2

ZEN DIODE 1/2W(T) 9C1

ZEN DIODE 1/2W(T) 6C2

ZEN DIODE 1/2W(T) 15-2

*** TRANSFORMERS ***

T101

T301

T302

T304

HE100031

HH910011

80016811

80012261

79PQ2815

79PQ2816

79PQ2549

79PQ2817

*** VARIABLE RESISTORS ***

VR301 FF310223 79PQ2573

VR302

VR501

FF310223

FF310501

79PQ2573

79PQ2231

POWER XFMR ERL35 200UH E9

FBT E95 (MERITRON)

DF X'FM N1901

DRIVE X'FM 6MH(EI-19) HR1

VR CARBON 6MM 22K

VR CARBON 6MM 500H

*** RELAYS & SWITCHES ***

SW101

SW701

JC800121

80000251

79PQ2453

79PQ0028

SW702

SW703

SW704

SW705

SW706

SW707

80000251

79PQ0028

*** PWB ASSYS ***

CRTBD AC0M22MM 79PQ2788

SW POWER DC 30V 0.1A SPUN

TACT SW 1P 100G+-50

CRT INSERT ASSY

8-19

SYMBOL Part No for NPG Part No for NMV

MAINBD AM0M22MM 79PQ2596

DESCRIPTION

MAIN INSERT ASSY(FE991SB)

*** COILS & FILTERS ***

B201

B203

HC006002

80000561

B204

L101

L151

L201

L202

80000561

HA100041

HB000008

L203

L210

L211

L230

L231

L250

L251

L301

L501

RL181

T501

HB013100

HB013278

HB013338

HB013278

HB013338

HB013278

HB013338

80016071

80016081

80003761

80016801

79PQ1104

79PQ1232

79PQ2810

79PQ0276

79PQ1277

79PQ1752

79PQ2590

79PQ1752

79PQ2590

79PQ1752

79PQ2590

79PQ2531

79PQ2532

79PQ2523

79PQ2548

BEAD 3.5X4.7/T

BEAD 3.5*6*0.8/T

CORE EMI COMMON CHOKE25MH

CHOKE COIL 100UH 8X10

PACKING COIL T 10UH K

PACKING COIL /T 0.27UH K

PACKING COIL /T 0.33UH K(

PACKING COIL /T 0.27UH K

PACKING COIL /T 0.33UH K(

PACKING COIL /T 0.27UH K

PACKING COIL /T 0.33UH K(

CHOCK COIL 14UH P75

CHOCK COIL 8.0MH (DRWW16*

REPLY 12V 6P OSA-SS-212DM

CHOKE COIL 45UH N1901

*** ELECTRICAL PARTS & MISCELLANEOUS PARTS ***

B101 HC006003 79PQ1595 BEAD 3.5X8/T

B102

B103

B301

HC005003

HC006003

79PQ1594

79PQ1595

BEAD 3.5X8/T(WBRH-2.5X8X0

BEAD 3.5X8/T

B302

B303

B304

CABLE

HC006003

80016301

79PQ1595

79PQ2536

BEAD 3.5X8/T

SIGNAL CABLE P75

CRTS

DEG

F101

J70

J79

J80

L102

P101

80005711

HA690011

80001521

HC006003

HA100051

JD512001

79PQ1363

79PQ2785

79PQ0799

79PQ1595

79PQ2737

79PQ0290

ISDW02S41 CRT SOCKET

DEGAUSSING COIL E95 UN-PU

FUSE 3.15A/250V 50T

BEAD 3.5X8/T

CORE EMI COMMON CHOKE UU1

AC SOCKET 3P

P-CORD

Q314

R102

RL131

TH101

TH102

X701

80001631

80008151

FA360333

80005831

80004371

80015731

EM012004

79PQ0703

79PQ2739

79PQ2710

79PQ1722

79PQ1499

79PQ2530

79PQ1735

POWER CORD2P2MCOLORSG8508

TR NPN 2SC5587 TO-3P

CARBON 1/2W M(T) 5% 33K

RELAY 12V 8 P MI-SS-212D

THERMISTOR NTCR N15SP006L

THERMISTOR PTCR 4.5H(9H13

X'TAL 49U 12MHZ

8-20

SYMBOL Part No for NPG Part No for NMV

*** APPEARANCE PARTS ***

CABB

CABF

10102481

10102461

79PQ2667

79PQ2654

CHASS 12000631

PANEL 11700441

REVS

SPONGE

11001021

17000301

79PQ2515

79PQ2668

79PQ2626

79PQ1359

DESCRIPTION

CABINET BACK

CABINET FRONT ASSY

REVOLVING STAND ASSY(MC-0

CUSHION PIECE(BACK)

*** PRINTED & PACKING MATERIALS ***

BAGP1 13700031 79PQ2252

BAGP2 13700021

CART 13201901

LA-CA

LA-WA1

15201501

15201541

79PQ0958

79PQ2796

79PQ2613

79PQ2632

LA-WA2

MANU

NAV

15201561

15501181

15900251

15001421

PEBAG 13700231

POLB 13400771

POLT 13400761

79PQ2670

79PQ2794

79PQ2790

79PQ2669

79PQ2792

79PQ2518

79PQ2517

R118

R119

R120

R121

R122

R123

R124

R125

R126

*** RESISTORS ***

R101 FA330684

R103

R104

R105

FA330333

FA240564

R106

R107

R108

R109

FB244708

FB910010

FA040390

FA240470

R110

R111

R112

R113

R114

R115

R116

R117

FA240103

FA240563

FA240242

FB242702

FA240222

FB244531

FA240203

FA330330

FA330102

FC240158

FB560338

FB570683

FA240104

FA240222

FA330102

FA040472

79PQ0156

79PQ1039

79PQ0328

79PQ2561

79PQ0345

79PQ0108

79PQ0136

79PQ0126

79PQ1646

79PQ1032

79PQ1052

79PQ0129

79PQ2560

79PQ0128

79PQ2556

79PQ0146

79PQ2572

79PQ1183

79PQ2570

79PQ0822

79PQ0129

79PQ0146

79PQ0114

CARTON BOX FE991SB(A)

LABEL(BLACK FOR CATON)

LABEL WARNING(28KV)

LABEL WARNING(28KV,1100UA

OWNERS MANUAL F791SB(A)/F

NAVISET CARTON BOX FLYER

NAME PLATE INSTRUCTION FE

POLYLON(B)

POLYLON(T)

CARBON 1/2W(T) 5% 680K

CARBON 1/2W(T) 5% 33K

CARBON 1/4W(T) 5% 560K

METAL 1/4W(T) 1% 4.7H

METAL 1/4W(T) 5% 1OHM

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 39OHM

CARBON 1/4W 5% 47OHM

CARBON 1/4W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/4W(T) 5% 56K

CARBON 1/4W(T) 5% 2.4K

METAL 1/4W(T) 1% 27K

CARBON 1/4W(T) 5% 2.2K

METAL 1/4W(T) 1% 4.53K

CARBON 1/4W(T) 5% 20K

CARBON 1/2W(T) 5% 33H

CARBON 1/2W(T) 5% 1K

WOUND RES 3W/M(A)5% 0.15H

MOF 2W/M(A) 5% 0.33H

MOF 2W/M(B) 5% 68K

CARBON 1/4W(T) 5% 100K

CARBON 1/4W(T) 5% 2.2K

CARBON 1/2W(T) 5% 1K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 4.7K

8-21

SYMBOL Part No for NPG Part No for NMV

R155

R156

R157

R158

R161

R162

R164

R165

R181

R182

R201

R202

R203

R204

R205

R206

R207

R127

R128

R129

R131

R132

R133

R135

R137

R138

R139

R148

R151

R153

R154

R208

R209

R210

R211

R213

R215

R216

R217

R218

R230

R231

R233

R235

R236

R237

R238

R250

FA330751

FA240103

FA330751

FA240102

FA240122

FA330109

FA330102

FA240103

FA240473

FA040562

FA040105

FA040222

FA040562

FA040221

FA040102

FA040101

FA330470

FA330564

FA330434

FA330513

FA330433

FA040103

FA240681

FA040103

FA040162

FA330224

FA330104

FA240103

FA040101

FA040330

FB247509

FA240330

FA040105

FA040102

FA240750

FA040101

FA040330

FB247509

FA240330

FA040105

FA040102

FA240750

FA040101

79PQ2215

79PQ0126

79PQ2215

79PQ0125

79PQ1030

79PQ0147

79PQ0146

79PQ0126

79PQ0138

79PQ0739

79PQ0085

79PQ0095

79PQ0739

79PQ1255

79PQ0082

79PQ0081

79PQ2266

79PQ1544

79PQ2558

79PQ2559

79PQ2557

79PQ0083

79PQ0140

79PQ0083

79PQ2211

79PQ0828

79PQ0826

79PQ0126

79PQ0081

79PQ0105

79PQ0168

79PQ1645

79PQ0085

79PQ0082

79PQ0141

79PQ0081

79PQ0105

79PQ0168

79PQ1645

79PQ0085

79PQ0082

79PQ0141

79PQ0081

DESCRIPTION

CARBON 1/2W(T) 5% 47H

CARBON 1/2(T) 5% 560K

CARBON 1/2W(T) 5% 430K

CARBON 1/2W(T) 5% 51K

CARBON 1/2W(T) 5% 43K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/4W(T) 5% 680OHM

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 1.6K

CARBON 1/2W (T) 5% 220K

CARBON 1/2W(T)5%100K

CARBON 1/4W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/2W(T) 5% 750H

CARBON 1/4W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/2W(T) 5% 750H

CARBON 1/4W 5% 1KOHM

CARBON 1/4W(T) 5% 1.2KH

CARBON 1/2W (T) 5% 1OHM

CARBON 1/2W(T) 5% 1K

CARBON 1/4W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/4W 5% 47KOHM

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 5.6K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 1M

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 2.2K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 5.6K

R,CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 220H

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 1K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 100OHM

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 33OHM

METAL 1/4W(T) 1% 75OHM

CARBON 1/4W(T) 5% 33H

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 1M

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 1K

CARBON 1/4W(T) 5% 75OHM

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 100OHM

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 33OHM

METAL 1/4W(T) 1% 75OHM

CARBON 1/4W(T) 5% 33H

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 1M

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 1K

CARBON 1/4W(T) 5% 75OHM

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 100OHM

8-22

SYMBOL Part No for NPG Part No for NMV

R278

R279

R280

R282

R283

R284

R285

R286

R287

R289

R301

R302

R303

R304

R305

R306

R307

R251

R253

R255

R256

R257

R258

R270

R271

R272

R273

R274

R275

R276

R277

R308

R309

R310

R311

R312

R313

R314

R315

R316

R317

R318

R319

R320

R321

R322

R323

R324

FA040102

FB241002

FB470229

FA040101

FA040472

FA040101

FA040103

FA040123

FA040102

FB470338

FA040102

FA040103

FA040563

FA040102

FA040472

FA040330

FB247509

FA240330

FA040105

FA040102

FA240750

FA240472

FA040103

FA040472

FA040681

FA040102

FA330101

FA240334

FA040222

FA040102

FA040220

FA040103

FA040102

FA040511

FA040103

FA330100

FA040753

FA040512

FA040104

FA040103

FA330102

FA330103

FA040103

FA330274

FA330223

79PQ0082

79PQ0161

79PQ1471

79PQ0081

79PQ0114

79PQ0081

79PQ0083

79PQ0087

79PQ0082

79PQ1712

79PQ0082

79PQ0083

79PQ0820

79PQ0082

79PQ0114

79PQ0105

79PQ0168

79PQ1645

79PQ0085

79PQ0082

79PQ0141

79PQ0137

79PQ0083

79PQ0114

79PQ0120

79PQ0082

79PQ0145

79PQ1034

79PQ0095

79PQ0082

79PQ1528

79PQ0083

79PQ0082

79PQ0117

79PQ0083

79PQ0144

79PQ1619

79PQ1531

79PQ0084

79PQ0083

79PQ0146

79PQ0825

79PQ0083

79PQ1038

79PQ2554

DESCRIPTION

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 33OHM

METAL 1/4W(T) 1% 75OHM

CARBON 1/4W(T) 5% 33H

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 1M

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 1K

CARBON 1/4W(T) 5% 75OHM

CARBON 1/4W(T) 5% 4.7K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 4.7K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 680OHM

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 1K

CARBON 1/2W(T) 5% 100OHM

CARBON 1/4W(T) 5% 330K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 1K

METAL 1/4W(T) 1% 10K

MOF 1W/M(A) 5% 2.2OHM

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 100OHM

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 4.7K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 100OHM

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 12K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 1K

MOF 1W/M(A) 5% 0.33H

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 1K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 56K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 1K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 4.7K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 2.2K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 1K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 22H

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 1K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 510OHM

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/2W(T) 5% 10OHM

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 75K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 5.1K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 100K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/2W(T) 5% 1K

CARBON 1/2W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/2W(T) 5% 270KH

CARBON 1/2W(T) 5% 22K

8-23

SYMBOL Part No for NPG Part No for NMV

R340

R341

R342

R343

R344

R345

R347

R348

R349

R350

R351

R352

R353

R354

R355

R356

R357

R325

R326

R327

R328

R329

R330

R331

R333

R334

R335

R336

R337

R338

R339

R358

R359

R360

R361

R362

R363

R364

R365

R401

R403

R404

R405

R406

R407

R408

R409

R410

FB470331

FA330330

FA040103

FA040220

FA040103

FB710121

FA330270

FB710109

FB241003

FB245601

FA040472

FA040103

FA040472

FA040103

FA040222

FA040513

FA040821

FA040103

FA040333

FA040103

FA330104

FA330102

FB560104

FA040105

FA040103

FB470101

FA040103

FB470100

FA040103

FA040562

FA040103

FA040101

FA040472

FA040101

FB710161

FB560339

FB470109

FA240229

FA040682

FA040302

FB470139

FA330122

FA040682

FA040302

79PQ0743

79PQ2556

79PQ0083

79PQ1528

79PQ0083

79PQ1555

79PQ2555

79PQ2230

79PQ1047

79PQ1058

79PQ0114

79PQ0083

79PQ0114

79PQ0083

79PQ0095

79PQ0118

79PQ1025

79PQ0083

79PQ0106

79PQ0083

79PQ0826

79PQ0146

79PQ2568

79PQ0085

79PQ0083

79PQ0169

79PQ0083

79PQ0340

79PQ0083

79PQ0739

79PQ0083

79PQ0081

79PQ0114

79PQ0081

79PQ2805

79PQ0180

79PQ0742

79PQ1031

79PQ0121

79PQ1529

79PQ1648

79PQ1539

79PQ0121

79PQ1529

DESCRIPTION

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 820

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 33K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/2W(T)5%100K

CARBON 1/2W(T) 5% 1K

MOF 2W/M(A) 5% 100K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 1M

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

MOF 1W/M(A) 5% 100OHM

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

MOF 1W/M(A) 5% 10OHM

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 5.6K

RES MOF 1W/M(A) 5% 330H

CARBON 1/2W(T) 5% 33H

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 22H

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

MOF 2W/M(A) 5% 120H

CARBON 1/2W(T) 5% 27H

MOF 3W/M(A) 5% 1H

METAL 1/4W(T) 1% 100K

METAL 1/4W(T) 1% 5.6K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 4.7K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 4.7K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 2.2K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 51K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 100OHM

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 4.7K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 100OHM

MOF 3W/M(A) 5% 160 OHM

MOF 2W/M(A) 5% 3.3OHM

RES MOF 1W/M(A) 5% 1H

CARBON 1/4W(T) 5% 2.2H

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 6.8K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 3K

MOF 1W/M(A) 5% 1.3H

CARBON 1/2W (T) 5% 1.2K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 6.8K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 3K

8-24

SYMBOL Part No for NPG Part No for NMV

R510

R511

R512

R513

R514

R515

R516

R517

R518

R519

R520

R521

R522

R523

R524

R525

R526

R411

R412

R413

R414

R415

R501

R502

R503

R504

R505

R506

R507

R508

R509

R527

R528

R529

R530

R531

R533

R601

R602

R603

R604

R614

R615

R616

R617

R618

R619

R627

FA040103

FB245102

FA040153

FA040102

FA040103

FA040223

FA040333

FA040512

FA040222

FA040103

FA040472

FA040102

FA040563

FA040220

FA040103

FC2D0278

FA040222

FA040103

FA040472

FA040332

FA040104

FA040101

FA040223

FA040222

FB242611

FB247250

FA040101

FA040103

FB710561

FA040103

FB440010

FB274702

FB271742

FA040333

FA040103

FA040184

FA040220

FB470242

FA040472

FA040102

FB470242

FA040472

FA040102

FA040103

79PQ0083

79PQ2268

79PQ0090

79PQ0082

79PQ0083

79PQ0096

79PQ0106

79PQ1531

79PQ0095

79PQ0083

79PQ0114

79PQ0082

79PQ0820

79PQ1528

79PQ0083

79PQ2813

79PQ0095

79PQ0083

79PQ0114

79PQ0321

79PQ0084

79PQ0081

79PQ0096

79PQ0095

79PQ0165

79PQ2562

79PQ0081

79PQ0083

79PQ2814

79PQ0083

79PQ2566

79PQ1872

79PQ2563

79PQ0106

79PQ0083

79PQ0092

79PQ1528

79PQ2567

79PQ0114

79PQ0082

79PQ2567

79PQ0114

79PQ0082

79PQ0083

DESCRIPTION

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 2.2K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 4.7K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 3.3K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 100K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 100OHM

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 22K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 2.2K

METAL 1/4W(T) 1% 2.61K

METAL 1/4W(T) 1% 725H

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 100OHM

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

METAL 1/4W(T) 1% 51K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 15K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 1K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 22K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 33K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 5.1K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 2.2K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 4.7K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 1K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 56K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 22H

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

R WOUND 3W/M(A) 5% 0.27K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 2.2K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

MOF 3W/M(A) 5% 560OHM

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

MOF 1W/M(A) 5% 1H

METAL 1/4W/M(T) 1% 47K

METAL 1/4W/M(T) 1% 17.4K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 33K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 180K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 22H

MOF 1W/M(A) 5% 2.4K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 4.7K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 1K

MOF 1W/M(A) 5% 2.4K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 4.7K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 1K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

8-25

SYMBOL Part No for NPG Part No for NMV

R713

R714

R715

R716

R717

R719

R721

R722

R723

R724

R725

R726

R727

R728

R729

R730

R731

R628

R629

R630

R635

R701

R702

R703

R704

R705

R706

R707

R708

R710

R711

R732

R733

R734

R735

R736

R737

R738

R739

R746

R747

R748

R749

R751

R752

R754

R756

R757

FA040103

FA040102

FB272701

FA040472

FB275601

FA040101

FA040472

FA040101

FB271002

FB277500

FA040472

FB272701

FA040472

FA040103

FB560201

FA040102

FA040472

FA040101

FA040472

FA040105

FA040472

FB277500

FA040101

FA040472

FA040471

FA040222

FA040472

FA040103

FB275601

FA040472

FA040103

FA040472

FA040103

FA040472

79PQ0083

79PQ0082

79PQ2564

79PQ0114

79PQ1967

79PQ0081

79PQ0114

79PQ0081

79PQ1862

79PQ2565

79PQ0114

79PQ2564

79PQ0114

79PQ0083

79PQ1474

79PQ0082

79PQ0114

79PQ0081

79PQ0114

79PQ0085

79PQ0114

79PQ2565

79PQ0081

79PQ0114

79PQ0113

79PQ0095

79PQ0114

79PQ0083

79PQ1967

79PQ0114

79PQ0083

79PQ0114

79PQ0083

79PQ0114

DESCRIPTION

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

MOF 2W/M(A) 5% 200OHM

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 1K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 4.7K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 100OHM

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 4.7K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 1M

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 4.7K

METAL 1/4W/M(T) 1% 750H

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 1K

METAL 1/4W/M(T) 1%2.7K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 4.7K

METAL 1/4W/M(T) 1% 5.6K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 100OHM

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 4.7K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 100OHM

METAL 1/4W/M(T) 1% 10K

METAL 1/4W/M(T) 1% 750H

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 4.7K

METAL 1/4W/M(T) 1%2.7K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 4.7K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 100OHM

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 4.7K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 470OHM

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 2.2K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 4.7K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

METAL 1/4W/M(T) 1% 5.6K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 4.7K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 4.7K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 4.7K

8-26

SYMBOL Part No for NPG Part No for NMV

R760

R762

FA040392

FA040272

79PQ0110

79PQ0100

DESCRIPTION

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 3.9K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 2.7K

C160

C161

C162

C181

C182

C202

C203

C205

C206

C207

C209

C210

C211

C116

C117

C118

C119

C120

C121

C131

C132

C135

C151

C152

C153

C154

C155

C157

C158

C159

*** CAPACITORS ***

C101 GJ047400

C102

C103

GJH102E5

C105

C106

C107

GJH102E5

GKA337E5

C108

C109

C110

C111

C112

C113

C114

C115

GA347625

GB7103H3

GA310655

GA322745

GA310655

GF222252

GB210458

GB715153

GB747153

GF233262

GA347755

GF210452

GA3105E5

GA310555

GJC222E5

GAI10775

GAH47755

GAB10835

GAH22735

GAA10825

GAA10775

GAA47735

GA322635

GA322735

GA347625

GA315725

GA310655

GE210352

GB910358

GA310655

GB910358

GA310655

GB210458

GB910358

79PQ0272

79PQ0274

79PQ0382

79PQ0210

79PQ1746

79PQ0198

79PQ1082

79PQ0198

79PQ0754

79PQ0228

79PQ2582

79PQ0238

79PQ0256

79PQ2578

79PQ0752

79PQ2576

79PQ0196

79PQ0273

79PQ1984

79PQ2806

79PQ0223

79PQ2807

79PQ0218

79PQ1576

79PQ1577

79PQ1743

79PQ1266

79PQ0210

79PQ2577

79PQ0198

79PQ0245

79PQ0242

79PQ0198

79PQ0242

79PQ0198

79PQ0228

79PQ0242

SAFETY X-CAP 0.47U/275V M

SAFE Y-CAP/S 1000P/400V M

POWER ELECT 85C 330U/400V

ELECT 85°C/T 47U/16V M

CERAMIC Y5P(B)/T0.01U/1KV

ELECT 85°C/T 10U/50V M

ELECT 85°C/T 220U/35V M

ELECT 85°C/T 10U/50V M

MEF CAP BOX 0.0022U/50V J

CERAMIC Y5V/T 0.1U/50V Z

CERAMIC Y5P(B)/T 150P/50V

CC Y5P(B)/T 470P/50V K

MEF CAP BOX 0.0033U/63VJ

ELECT 85OC/T 470U/50V M

MEF CAP BOX 0.1U/50V J

ELECT 85OC/T 1U/400V M

ELECT 85°C/T 1U/50V M

SAFE Y-CAP/D 2200P/400V M

ELECT 105 C/T 100U/100V M

ELECT 105OC/A 470U/50V M

ELECT 105°C/A1000U/25V M

ELECT 105OC/A 220U/25V M

ELECT 85°C/A 1000U/16V M

ELECT 85C/ A 100U/100V M

ELECT 85C/A 470U/25V M

ELECT 85C/T 22U/25V M

C,ELEC 220UF 25V M

ELECT 85°C/T 47U/16V M

ELECT 85OC/T 150U/16V M

ELECT 85°C/T 10U/50V M

CQ PEI/T 0.01U/50V J

CC Z5V(F)/T 0.01U/50V Z

ELECT 85°C/T 10U/50V M

CC Z5V(F)/T 0.01U/50V Z

ELECT 85°C/T 10U/50V M

CERAMIC Y5V/T 0.1U/50V Z

CC Z5V(F)/T 0.01U/50V Z

8-27

SYMBOL Part No for NPG Part No for NMV

C275

C276

C277

C278

C279

C27A

C27E

C280

C282

C283

C284

C285

C286

C287

C288

C289

C290

C212

C213

C230

C231

C232

C233

C250

C251

C252

C253

C270

C272

C273

C274

C293

C294

C295

C296

C301

C302

C303

C304

C305

C306

C307

C308

C309

C310

C311

C312

C313

GA410575

GA210575

GB210458

GB910358

GA410575

GA210575

GB210458

GB910358

GA410575

GA310575

GB656052

GA347625

GB910358

GB7102F3

GB7222F3

GA222675

GAA10575

GB7102F3

GB910358

GB618152

GF210482

GA310555

GB210458

GB7102F3

GB9332H3

GB9472H3

GB910358

GF210462

GA347625

GB910358

GA322555

GB647152

GA210675

GA347625

GA310725

GB768153

GF210452

GB768153

GF222352

GB710153

GFE102H2

GF233452

GA310555

GA2105D5

GA347655

GA310685

79PQ1717

79PQ1078

79PQ1744

79PQ0234

79PQ0242

79PQ2233

79PQ1586

79PQ0196

79PQ0228

79PQ0234

79PQ0243

79PQ2235

79PQ0242

79PQ0253

79PQ0210

79PQ0242

79PQ0213

79PQ1265

79PQ0228

79PQ0242

79PQ0213

79PQ1265

79PQ0228

79PQ0242

79PQ0213

79PQ0197

79PQ1087

79PQ0210

79PQ0242

79PQ0234

79PQ0202

79PQ1930

79PQ2574

79PQ0210

79PQ0199

79PQ1582

79PQ0752

79PQ1582

79PQ0857

79PQ2580

79PQ2589

79PQ0760

79PQ0196

79PQ2808

79PQ1267

79PQ1081

DESCRIPTION

ELECT NP/T 1U/100V M

C,ELEC 1UF 100V M

CERAMIC Y5V/T 0.1U/50V Z

CC Z5V(F)/T 0.01U/50V Z

ELECT NP/T 1U/100V M

C,ELEC 1UF 100V M

CERAMIC Y5V/T 0.1U/50V Z

CC Z5V(F)/T 0.01U/50V Z

ELECT NP/T 1U/100V M

ELECT 85°C/T 1U/100VM

CERAMIC SL/T 56P/50V

ELECT 85°C/T 47U/16V M

CC Z5V(F)/T 0.01U/50V Z

CC Y5P(B)/T 1000P/500V K

CERAMIC Y5P(B) 2200P/500V

ELECT 105°C/T 22U/100V M

ELECT 85C/A 1U/100V M

CC Y5P(B)/T 1000P/500V K

CC Z5V(F)/T 0.01U/50V Z

CERAMIC SL/T 180P/50V J

MEF CAP BOX 0.1U/250V J

ELECT 85°C/T 1U/50V M

CERAMIC Y5V/T 0.1U/50V Z

CC Y5P(B)/T 1000P/500V K

CC Z5V(F)/T 3300P/1KV Z

CERAMIC Z5V(F)/T 4700P/1K

CC Z5V(F)/T 0.01U/50V Z

MEF CAP BOX 0.1U/63V J

ELECT 85°C/T 47U/16V M

CC Z5V(F)/T 0.01U/50V Z

ELECT 85°C/T 2.2U/50V M

CERAMIC SL/T 470P/50V J

ELECT 105OC/T 10U/100V M

ELECT 85°C/T 47U/16V M

ELECT 85°C/T 100U/16V M

CERAMIC Y5P(B)/T 680P/50V

MEF CAP BOX 0.1U/50V J

CERAMIC Y5P(B)/T 680P/50V

MEF CAP BOX 0.022U/50V J

CERAMIC Y5P(B)/T 100P/50V

PLASTIC PMS/A 1000P/1KV J

MEF CAP BOX 0.33U/50V J

ELECT 85°C/T 1U/50V M

ELECT 105OC/T 1U/350V M

C,ELEC 47UF 50V M

ELECT 85°C/T 10U/250V M

8-28

SYMBOL Part No for NPG Part No for NMV

C331

C332

C333

C334

C335

C336

C337

C338

C339

C340

C343

C401

C403

C404

C406

C407

C408

C314

C315

C316

C317

C318

C320

C321

C322

C323

C325

C326

C327

C328

C330

C409

C410

C411

C501

C502

C503

C504

C505

C506

C507

C508

C509

C510

C511

C512

C513

C514

GA322555

GA347625

GB910358

GBE332F5

GA310555

GAA22775

GA347625

GB768153

GA322725

GB7101H3

GB910358

GF210452

GA322585

GF210272

GFB10482

GFE622J2

GB210458

GFB22482

GB210458

GFB56482

GA347555

GFB16582

GB210458

GFB10482

GA310655

GA347725

GF222452

GF222252

GB710253

GF215352

GA310555

GF210482

GA310745

GA310725

GA310655

GB639052

GF215452

GF210452

GF282252

GF282352

GE410351

GF247252

GF210352

GB768153

GF210352

GA322655

GF210252

79PQ1209

79PQ1749

79PQ0228

79PQ0889

79PQ0228

79PQ0380

79PQ0208

79PQ2791

79PQ0228

79PQ1209

79PQ0198

79PQ0851

79PQ0756

79PQ0754

79PQ0233

79PQ2585

79PQ0202

79PQ0210

79PQ0242

79PQ2583

79PQ0196

79PQ2579

79PQ0210

79PQ1582

79PQ0204

79PQ1089

79PQ0242

79PQ0752

79PQ0203

79PQ0750

79PQ0196

79PQ1586

79PQ0848

79PQ0199

79PQ0198

79PQ1928

79PQ1098

79PQ0752

79PQ2312

79PQ2587

79PQ2584

79PQ0762

79PQ0751

79PQ1582

79PQ0751

79PQ1122

79PQ0748

DESCRIPTION

ELECT 85°C/T 2.2U/50V M

ELECT 85°C/T 47U/16V M

CC Z5V(F)/T 0.01U/50V Z

CC Z5U(E)/A 3300P/500V M

ELECT 85°C/T 1U/50V M

ELECT 85OC/A 220U/100V M

ELECT 85°C/T 47U/16V M

CERAMIC Y5P(B)/T 680P/50V

ELECT 85°C/T 220U/16V M

CERAMIC 100P/1KV

CC Z5V(F)/T 0.01U/50V Z

MEF CAP BOX 0.1U/50V J

ELECT 85°C/T 2.2U/250V M

MEF CAP BOX 0.001U/100V J

PLASTIC MPP/A 0.10U/250VJ

PLASTIC PMS/A 6200P/2KV J

CERAMIC Y5V/T 0.1U/50V Z

PLASTIC MPP/A 0.22U/250V

CERAMIC Y5V/T 0.1U/50V Z

PLASTIC MPP/A 0.56U/250V

ELECT 85°C/T 4.7U/50V M

PLASTIC MPP/A 1.6U/250V J

CERAMIC Y5V/T 0.1U/50V Z

PLASTIC MPP/A 0.10U/250VJ

ELECT 85°C/T 10U/50V M

ELECT 85C/T 470U/16VM

MEF CAP BOX 0.22U/50V J

MEF CAP BOX 0.0022U/50V J

CC Y5P(B)/T 1000P/50V K

MEF CAP BOX 0.015U/50V J

ELECT 85°C/T 1U/50V M

MEF CAP BOX 0.1U/250V J

ELECT 85C/T 100U/35VM

ELECT 85°C/T 100U/16V M

ELECT 85°C/T 10U/50V M

CERAMIC SL/T 39P/50V J

MEF CAP BOX 0.15U/50V J

MEF CAP BOX 0.1U/50V J

MEF CAP BOX 0.0082U/50V J

MEF CAP BOX 0.082U/50V J

PLASTIC PPN/T 0.01UF/50V

MEF CAP BOX 0.0047U/50V J

MEF CAP BOX 0.01U/50V J

CERAMIC Y5P(B)/T 680P/50V

MEF CAP BOX 0.01U/50V J

ELECT 85°C/T 22U/50V M

MEF CAP BOX 0.001U/50V J

8-29

SYMBOL Part No for NPG Part No for NMV

C612

C613

C614

C615

C616

C701

C702

C703

C704

C705

C706

C709

C710

C716

C717

C718

C719

C720

C515

C516

C517

C518

C519

C520

C521

C522

C523

C524

C601

C602

C603

C611

GA347755

GB7471H3

GFD304E2

GA310725

GB910358

GB610153

GB639052

GA322725

GA322555

GB733153

GA310655

GB733153

GA310655

GB210458

GE210352

GB210458

GA310715

GB633052

GB710153

GB710253

GB210458

GB910358

79PQ0198

79PQ1580

79PQ0198

79PQ0228

79PQ0245

79PQ0228

79PQ1570

79PQ0231

79PQ2580

79PQ0233

79PQ0228

79PQ0242

79PQ2578

79PQ0239

79PQ1624

79PQ0199

79PQ0242

79PQ1578

79PQ1928

79PQ0204

79PQ0202

79PQ1580

DESCRIPTION

ELECT 85OC/T 470U/50V M

CC Y5P(B)/T 470P/1KV K

PLASTIC PMM/T 0.3U/400V J

ELECT 85°C/T 100U/16V M

CC Z5V(F)/T 0.01U/50V Z

CERAMIC SL/T 100P/50V K

CERAMIC SL/T 39P/50V J

ELECT 85°C/T 220U/16V M

ELECT 85°C/T 2.2U/50V M

CERAMIC Y5P(B)/T 330P/50V

ELECT 85°C/T 10U/50V M

CERAMIC Y5P(B)/T 330P/50V

ELECT 85°C/T 10U/50V M

CERAMIC Y5V/T 0.1U/50V Z

CQ PEI/T 0.01U/50V J

CERAMIC Y5V/T 0.1U/50V Z

ELECT 85O C/T 100U/10V M

CERAMIC SL/T 33P/50V J

CERAMIC Y5P(B)/T 100P/50V

CC Y5P(B)/T 1000P/50V K

CERAMIC Y5V/T 0.1U/50V Z

CC Z5V(F)/T 0.01U/50V Z

8-30

REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST

The components specified for Model FE991SB(B)

SYMBOL Part No for NPG Part No for NMV

*** ICS ***

U201

U202

U203

U204

U301

U302

U401

U501

U601

U701

U702

80016621

80016761

80010891

80016611

80016141

80010251

80001041

80007131

80010641

80016951

80009941

79PQ2544

79PQ2546

79PQ1731

79PQ2543

79PQ2534

79PQ2205

79PQ0793

79PQ2525

79PQ2527

79PQ2550

79PQ2277

DESCRIPTION

IC LM1267

OSD IC MTV030N-046 FOR P7

IC LM2480

IC LM2465

IC TL494

IC LM358N/KIA358P

IC TDA8172 (N.S,SGS)

IC TDA4856

IC KA7812 CT(TO-220)

FLASH MCU MTV212MN32 N170

IC ATMEL EEPROM AT24C08B

Q201

Q271

Q301

Q302

Q303

Q304

Q305

Q306

Q307

Q309

Q310

Q312

Q313

Q315

*** TRANSISTORS ***

Q101 EF100113

Q102

Q103

80005251

80014321

Q104

Q105

Q131

EAA09456

Q132

Q151

Q152

Q153

Q155

Q156

Q157

Q181

EAA09456

EB307720

80014321

EA306691

EB307720

80014321

80016661

EAA09456

EAA18157

EBA07336

80014321

EAA09456

EBA07336

EAA09456

80008081

EF206300

EBA04230

EA306691

80005251

EF206300

EF206301

79PQ0734

79PQ0062

79PQ2529

79PQ0056

79PQ0062

79PQ0056

79PQ2526

79PQ1525

79PQ0061

79PQ1522

79PQ2524

79PQ1525

79PQ0064

79PQ2812

79PQ2524

79PQ2529

79PQ0056

79PQ1246

79PQ2529

79PQ1522

79PQ1246

79PQ2529

79PQ2545

79PQ0056

FET N 2SK2843(SC) 600V/10

TR NPN KSP44 TO-92(T)

TR NPN KRC102M TO-92(T)

TR NPN 2SC945 TO-92(T)

TR PNP KSB772 TO-126

TR NPN KRC102M TO-92(T)

TR NPN HSD669AC TO-126

TR PNP KSB772 TO-126

TR NPN KRC102M TO-92(T)

TR 2SD882

TR NPN 2SC945 TO-92(T)

TR NPN 2SC1815GR TO-92(T)

TR PNP 2SA733P TO-92(T)

TR NPN KRC102M TO-92(T)

TR NPN 2SC945 TO-92(T)

TR PNP 2SA733P TO-92(T)

TR NPN 2SC945 TO-92(T)

TR N 2SK2996

FET N IRF630 TO-220 3P

TR PNP BF423 TO-92(T)

TR NPN HSD669AC TO-126

TR NPN KSP44 TO-92(T)

FET N IRF630 TO-220 3P

FET N YTAF630 TO-220F

8-31

SYMBOL Part No for NPG Part No for NMV

Q602

Q603

Q613

Q614

Q615

Q616

Q617

Q618

Q701

Q702

Q703

Q316

Q317

Q318

Q319

Q320

Q321

Q322

Q401

Q501

Q502

Q503

Q504

Q505

Q601

80014321

EF206301

80014321

80003311

80014321

EF206301

80014321

EAA04220

EAA09456

80003311

EA306691

EAA09456

EAA12133

EBA06733

EAA09456

EAA12133

EBA06733

EAA09456

EAA12133

EBA06733

EAA23690

EAA09456

EBA07336

79PQ2529

79PQ0064

79PQ2529

79PQ1168

79PQ2529

79PQ0064

79PQ2529

79PQ0811

79PQ0056

79PQ1168

79PQ1522

79PQ0056

79PQ0057

79PQ1524

79PQ0056

79PQ0057

79PQ1524

79PQ0056

79PQ0057

79PQ1524

79PQ0059

79PQ0056

79PQ0062

DESCRIPTION

TR NPN KRC102M TO-92(T)

FET N YTAF630 TO-220F

TR NPN KRC102M TO-92(T)

FET N YTAF640 TO-220F

TR NPN KRC102M TO-92(T)

FET N YTAF630 TO-220F

TR NPN KRC102M TO-92(T)

TR NPN BF422 TO-92(T)

TR NPN 2SC945 TO-92(T)

FET N YTAF640 TO-220F

TR NPN HSD669AC TO-126

TR NPN 2SC945 TO-92(T)

TR NPN 2SC1213AC TO-92(T)

TR PNP 2SA673AC TO-92(T)

TR NPN 2SC945 TO-92(T)

TR NPN 2SC1213AC TO-92(T)

TR PNP 2SA673AC TO-92(T)

TR NPN 2SC945 TO-92(T)

TR NPN 2SC1213AC TO-92(T)

TR PNP 2SA673AC TO-92(T)

TR NPN PH2369 TO-92(T)

TR NPN 2SC945 TO-92(T)

TR PNP 2SA733P TO-92(T)

*** DIODES ***

D101

D102

EJB20001

D103

D104

D105

D106

EJB20001

EJ044148

D107

D108

D109

D110

D111

D112

D113

D115

EJ044148

80003841

EJ044148

80003841

EJ044148

D116

D117

D118

D119

D120

D131

D132

EJ044148

80003821

EJ044148

EJAC0010

EJ044148

79PQ0318

79PQ0065

79PQ1489

79PQ0065

79PQ1489

79PQ0065

79PQ1487

79PQ0065

79PQ2552

79PQ0065

DIODE/A 3A 1N5406 (FAGOR)

DIODE T" 1N4148"

DIODE 1A/20V UF4003 DG41

DIODE T" 1N4148"

DIODE 1A/20V UF4003 DG41

DIODE T" 1N4148"

DIODE 1A/1KV UF4007 D041

DIODE T" 1N4148"

DIODE/T 1A 1N4007

DIODE T" 1N4148"

8-32

SYMBOL Part No for NPG Part No for NMV

D231

D232

D233

D234

D250

D251

D252

D253

D254

D271

D301

D302

D303

D304

D305

D306

D307

D150

D151

D152

D153

D154

D155

D181

D203

D210

D211

D212

D213

D214

D230

D308

D309

D310

D311

D312

D313

D314

D315

D316

D317

D318

D319

D401

D402

D501

D502

D503

EJ044148

80000451

EJ044148

80000451

EJ044148

80011421

80001121

80009741

EJA05819

80016531

80016961

80012371

80003571

80010341

EJ044148

EJAC0018

EJ044148

80000451

EJ044148

80003841

80009761

EJ044148

80003841

EJ044148

80003841

EJB00004

EJ044148

EJA00018

EJAC0005

EJ044148

79PQ0065

79PQ0043

79PQ0065

79PQ0043

79PQ0065

79PQ2809

79PQ2521

79PQ1784

79PQ1644

79PQ2541

79PQ2551

79PQ2528

79PQ2522

79PQ2063

79PQ0065

79PQ1251

79PQ0065

79PQ0043

79PQ0065

79PQ1489

79PQ1786

79PQ0065

79PQ1489

79PQ0065

79PQ1489

79PQ0070

79PQ0065

79PQ1526

79PQ0067

79PQ0065

DESCRIPTION

DIODE STKY/T 1A/40V 1N581

DIODE 3A/600V RL4A (SANKE

DIODE/A 3.5A/200V RL4Z(SA

DIODE 3A/200V SF33(CHENMK

DIODE 200V/2A UF003 (CHEN

DIODE SR260 2A/60V(CHENMK

DIODE T" 1N4148"

DIODE/T 1A 1N4937

DIODE T" 1N4148"

DIODE/T 1/2W 1SS83

DIODE T" 1N4148"

DIODE/T 1/2W 1SS83

DIODE T" 1N4148"

DIODE/T 1/2W 1SS83

DIODE T" 1N4148"

DIODE 2A/600V RK36(SANKEN

DIODE 3A/400V HER305G

DIODE/T UF4005

DIODE 1A/20V UF4003 DG41

DIODE/T UF4004

DIODE T" 1N4148"

DIODE 1A/20V UF4003 DG41

DIODE T" 1N4148"

DIODE 1A/20V UF4003 DG41

DIODE/A 5TUZ47

DIODE T" 1N4148"

DIODE/T 1A UF4006

DIODE/T 1A 1N4002

DIODE T" 1N4148"

8-33

SYMBOL Part No for NPG Part No for NMV

D504

D505

D507

D601

D602

D605

D606

D704

D709

LED101

ZD101

ZD102

ZD131

ZD151

ZD303

ZD701

ZD702

ZD703

ZD704

ZD705

ZD706

ZD712

ZD713

EJ044148

80001121

80003841

EJ044148

80000131

EKA0200B

EKA0180B

EKA01201

EKA00604

EKA00906

EKA00607

EKA0150B

79PQ0065

79PQ2521

79PQ1489

79PQ0065

79PQ0021

79PQ1252

79PQ0078

79PQ0077

79PQ1441

79PQ0076

79PQ0292

79PQ2553

DESCRIPTION

DIODE T" 1N4148"

DIODE 3A/400V HER305G

DIODE 1A/20V UF4003 DG41

DIODE T" 1N4148"

LED L-59GH/1GYC

ZEN DIODE 1/2W(T) HZS20.2

ZEN DIODE 1/2W(T) 18V

ZEN DIODE 1/2W(T) 12A2

ZEN DIODE 1/2W(T) HZS6B2

ZEN DIODE 1/2W(T) 9C1

ZEN DIODE 1/2W(T) 6C2

ZEN DIODE 1/2W(T) 15-2

*** TRANSFORMERS ***

T101

T301

T302

T304

HE100031

HH910011

80016811

80012261

79PQ2815

79PQ2816

79PQ2549

79PQ2817

*** VARIABLE RESISTORS ***

VR301

VR302

VR501

FF310223

FF310501

79PQ2573

79PQ2231

POWER XFMR ERL35 200UH E9

FBT E95 (MERITRON)

DF X'FM N1901

DRIVE X'FM 6MH(EI-19) HR1

VR CARBON 6MM 22K

VR CARBON 6MM 500H

*** RELAYS & SWITCHES ***

SW101 JC800121 79PQ2453

SW701

SW702

80000251

79PQ0028

SW703

SW704

SW705

SW706

SW707

80000251

79PQ0028

*** PWB ASSYS ***

CRTBD

MAINBD

AC0M22MM

AM0M22MM

79PQ2788

79PQ2596

SW POWER DC 30V 0.1A SPUN

TACT SW 1P 100G+-50

CRT INSERT ASSY

MAIN INSERT ASSY(FE991SB)

8-34

SYMBOL Part No for NPG Part No for NMV DESCRIPTION

*** COILS & FILTERS ***

B201 HC006002

B203

B204

80000561

L101

L131

L151

L201

L202

HA100041

HA200031

HB000008

L203

L210

L211

L230

L231

L250

L251

L301

L501

RL181

T501

HB013100

HB013278

HB013338

HB013278

HB013338

HB013278

HB013338

80016071

80016081

80003761

80016801

79PQ1104

79PQ1232

79PQ2810

79PQ2811

79PQ0276

79PQ1277

79PQ1752

79PQ2590

79PQ1752

79PQ2590

79PQ1752

79PQ2590

79PQ2531

79PQ2532

79PQ2523

79PQ2548

BEAD 3.5X4.7/T

BEAD 3.5*6*0.8/T

CORE EMI COMMON CHOKE25MH

HARMONIC CHOKE EE42 60MH

CHOKE COIL 100UH 8X10

PACKING COIL T 10UH K

PACKING COIL /T 0.27UH K

PACKING COIL /T 0.33UH K(

PACKING COIL /T 0.27UH K

PACKING COIL /T 0.33UH K(

PACKING COIL /T 0.27UH K

PACKING COIL /T 0.33UH K(

CHOCK COIL 14UH P75

CHOCK COIL 8.0MH (DRWW16*

REPLY 12V 6P OSA-SS-212DM

CHOKE COIL 45UH N1901

*** ELECTRICAL PARTS & MISCELLANEOUS PARTS ***

B101 HC006003 79PQ1595 BEAD 3.5X8/T

B102

B103

B301

HC005003

HC006003

79PQ1594

79PQ1595

BEAD 3.5X8/T(WBRH-2.5X8X0

BEAD 3.5X8/T

B302

B303

B304

CABLE

HC006003

80016301

79PQ1595

79PQ2536

BEAD 3.5X8/T

SIGNAL CABLE P75

CRTS

DEG

F101

J70

J79

J80

L102

P101

80005711

HA690011

80001521

HC006003

HA100051

JD512001

79PQ1363

79PQ2785

79PQ0799

79PQ1595

79PQ2737

79PQ0290

ISDW02S41 CRT SOCKET

DEGAUSSING COIL E95 UN-PU

FUSE 3.15A/250V 50T

BEAD 3.5X8/T

CORE EMI COMMON CHOKE UU1

AC SOCKET 3P

P-CORD

Q314

R102

RL131

TH101

TH102

X701

80001651

80008151

FA360333

80005831

80004371

80015731

EM012004

79PQ0869

79PQ2739

79PQ2710

79PQ1722

79PQ1499

79PQ2530

79PQ1735

POWER CORD 3P 1.8M EUROPE

TR NPN 2SC5587 TO-3P

CARBON 1/2W M(T) 5% 33K

RELAY 12V 8 P MI-SS-212D

THERMISTOR NTCR N15SP006L

THERMISTOR PTCR 4.5H(9H13

X'TAL 49U 12MHZ

8-35

SYMBOL Part No for NPG Part No for NMV

*** APPEARANCE PARTS ***

CABB

CABF

10102051

10102031

79PQ2514

79PQ2513

CHASS 12000631

PANEL 11700361

REVS

SPONGE

11000991

17000301

79PQ2515

79PQ2795

79PQ2466

79PQ1359

DESCRIPTION

CABINET BACK

CABINET FRONT ASSY

PANEL(FE991SB)

REVOLVING STAND ASSY

CUSHION PIECE(BACK)

*** PRINTED & PACKING MATERIALS ***

BAGP1 13700031 79PQ2252

BAGP2 13700021

CART 13201671

LABELC

19700072

15201621

79PQ0958

79PQ2592

79PQ2470

79PQ2486

MANU

NAV

15501111

15900251

NP 15001332

PEBAG 13700231

POLB

POLT

SALES

13400771

13400761

15900055

79PQ2793

79PQ2790

79PQ2593

79PQ2792

79PQ2518

79PQ2517

79PQ2203

R118

R119

R120

R121

R122

R123

R124

R125

R126

*** RESISTORS ***

R101 FA330684

R103

R104

R105

FA330333

FA240564

R106

R107

R108

R109

FB244708

FB910010

FA040390

FA240470

R110

R111

R112

R113

R114

R115

R116

R117

FA240103

FA240563

FA240242

FB242702

FA240222

FB244531

FA240203

FA330330

FA330102

FC240158

FB560338

FB570683

FA240104

FA240222

FA330102

FA040472

79PQ0156

79PQ1039

79PQ0328

79PQ2561

79PQ0345

79PQ0108

79PQ0136

79PQ0126

79PQ1646

79PQ1032

79PQ1052

79PQ0129

79PQ2560

79PQ0128

79PQ2556

79PQ0146

79PQ2572

79PQ1183

79PQ2570

79PQ0822

79PQ0129

79PQ0146

79PQ0114

CARTON BOX FE991SB(B)

INSTRUCTION CD-ROM FE770

LABEL CARTON (NE)

OWNERS MANUAL FE991SB(B)

NAVISET CARTON BOX FLYER

NAME PLATE INSTRUCTION FE

POLYLON(B)

POLYLON(T)

SALES OFFICE LIST

CARBON 1/2W(T) 5% 680K

CARBON 1/2W(T) 5% 33K

CARBON 1/4W(T) 5% 560K

METAL 1/4W(T) 1% 4.7H

METAL 1/4W(T) 5% 1OHM

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 39OHM

CARBON 1/4W 5% 47OHM

CARBON 1/4W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/4W(T) 5% 56K

CARBON 1/4W(T) 5% 2.4K

METAL 1/4W(T) 1% 27K

CARBON 1/4W(T) 5% 2.2K

METAL 1/4W(T) 1% 4.53K

CARBON 1/4W(T) 5% 20K

CARBON 1/2W(T) 5% 33H

CARBON 1/2W(T) 5% 1K

WOUND RES 3W/M(A)5% 0.15H

MOF 2W/M(A) 5% 0.33H

MOF 2W/M(B) 5% 68K

CARBON 1/4W(T) 5% 100K

CARBON 1/4W(T) 5% 2.2K

CARBON 1/2W(T) 5% 1K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 4.7K

8-36

SYMBOL Part No for NPG Part No for NMV

R155

R156

R157

R158

R161

R162

R164

R165

R181

R182

R201

R202

R203

R204

R205

R206

R207

R127

R128

R129

R131

R132

R133

R135

R137

R138

R139

R148

R151

R153

R154

R208

R209

R210

R211

R213

R215

R216

R217

R218

R230

R231

R233

R235

R236

R237

R238

R250

FA330751

FA240103

FA330751

FA240102

FA240122

FA330109

FA330102

FA240103

FA240473

FA040562

FA040105

FA040222

FA040562

FA040221

FA040102

FA040101

FA330470

FA330564

FA330434

FA330513

FA330433

FA040103

FA240681

FA040103

FA040162

FA330224

FA330104

FA240103

FA040101

FA040330

FB247509

FA240330

FA040105

FA040102

FA240750

FA040101

FA040330

FB247509

FA240330

FA040105

FA040102

FA240750

FA040101

79PQ2215

79PQ0126

79PQ2215

79PQ0125

79PQ1030

79PQ0147

79PQ0146

79PQ0126

79PQ0138

79PQ0739

79PQ0085

79PQ0095

79PQ0739

79PQ1255

79PQ0082

79PQ0081

79PQ2266

79PQ1544

79PQ2558

79PQ2559

79PQ2557

79PQ0083

79PQ0140

79PQ0083

79PQ2211

79PQ0828

79PQ0826

79PQ0126

79PQ0081

79PQ0105

79PQ0168

79PQ1645

79PQ0085

79PQ0082

79PQ0141

79PQ0081

79PQ0105

79PQ0168

79PQ1645

79PQ0085

79PQ0082

79PQ0141

79PQ0081

DESCRIPTION

CARBON 1/2W(T) 5% 47H

CARBON 1/2(T) 5% 560K

CARBON 1/2W(T) 5% 430K

CARBON 1/2W(T) 5% 51K

CARBON 1/2W(T) 5% 43K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/4W(T) 5% 680OHM

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 1.6K

CARBON 1/2W (T) 5% 220K

CARBON 1/2W(T)5%100K

CARBON 1/4W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/2W(T) 5% 750H

CARBON 1/4W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/2W(T) 5% 750H

CARBON 1/4W 5% 1KOHM

CARBON 1/4W(T) 5% 1.2KH

CARBON 1/2W (T) 5% 1OHM

CARBON 1/2W(T) 5% 1K

CARBON 1/4W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/4W 5% 47KOHM

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 5.6K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 1M

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 2.2K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 5.6K

R,CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 220H

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 1K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 100OHM

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 33OHM

METAL 1/4W(T) 1% 75OHM

CARBON 1/4W(T) 5% 33H

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 1M

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 1K

CARBON 1/4W(T) 5% 75OHM

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 100OHM

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 33OHM

METAL 1/4W(T) 1% 75OHM

CARBON 1/4W(T) 5% 33H

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 1M

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 1K

CARBON 1/4W(T) 5% 75OHM

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 100OHM

8-37

SYMBOL Part No for NPG Part No for NMV

R278

R279

R280

R282

R283

R284

R285

R286

R287

R289

R301

R302

R303

R304

R305

R306

R307

R251

R253

R255

R256

R257

R258

R270

R271

R272

R273

R274

R275

R276

R277

R308

R309

R310

R311

R312

R313

R314

R315

R316

R317

R318

R319

R320

R321

R322

R323

R324

FA040102

FB241002

FB470229

FA040101

FA040472

FA040101

FA040103

FA040123

FA040102

FB470338

FA040102

FA040103

FA040563

FA040102

FA040472

FA040330

FB247509

FA240330

FA040105

FA040102

FA240750

FA240472

FA040103

FA040472

FA040681

FA040102

FA330101

FA240334

FA040222

FA040102

FA040220

FA040103

FA040102

FA040511

FA040103

FA330100

FA040753

FA040512

FA040104

FA040103

FA330102

FA330103

FA040103

FA330274

FA330223

79PQ0082

79PQ0161

79PQ1471

79PQ0081

79PQ0114

79PQ0081

79PQ0083

79PQ0087

79PQ0082

79PQ1712

79PQ0082

79PQ0083

79PQ0820

79PQ0082

79PQ0114

79PQ0105

79PQ0168

79PQ1645

79PQ0085

79PQ0082

79PQ0141

79PQ0137

79PQ0083

79PQ0114

79PQ0120

79PQ0082

79PQ0145

79PQ1034

79PQ0095

79PQ0082

79PQ1528

79PQ0083

79PQ0082

79PQ0117

79PQ0083

79PQ0144

79PQ1619

79PQ1531

79PQ0084

79PQ0083

79PQ0146

79PQ0825

79PQ0083

79PQ1038

79PQ2554

DESCRIPTION

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 33OHM

METAL 1/4W(T) 1% 75OHM

CARBON 1/4W(T) 5% 33H

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 1M

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 1K

CARBON 1/4W(T) 5% 75OHM

CARBON 1/4W(T) 5% 4.7K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 4.7K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 680OHM

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 1K

CARBON 1/2W(T) 5% 100OHM

CARBON 1/4W(T) 5% 330K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 1K

METAL 1/4W(T) 1% 10K

MOF 1W/M(A) 5% 2.2OHM

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 100OHM

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 4.7K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 100OHM

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 12K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 1K

MOF 1W/M(A) 5% 0.33H

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 1K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 56K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 1K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 4.7K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 2.2K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 1K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 22H

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 1K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 510OHM

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/2W(T) 5% 10OHM

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 75K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 5.1K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 100K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/2W(T) 5% 1K

CARBON 1/2W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/2W(T) 5% 270KH

CARBON 1/2W(T) 5% 22K

8-38

SYMBOL Part No for NPG Part No for NMV

R340

R341

R342

R343

R344

R345

R347

R348

R349

R350

R351

R352

R353

R354

R355

R356

R357

R325

R326

R327

R328

R329

R330

R331

R333

R334

R335

R336

R337

R338

R339

R358

R359

R360

R361

R362

R363

R364

R365

R401

R403

R404

R405

R406

R407

R408

R409

R410

FB470331

FA330330

FA040103

FA040220

FA040103

FB710151

FA330270

FB710518

FB241003

FB245601

FA040472

FA040103

FA040472

FA040103

FA040222

FA040513

FA040821

FA040103

FA040333

FA040103

FA330104

FA330102

FB560104

FA040105

FA040103

FB470101

FA040103

FB470100

FA040103

FA040562

FA040103

FA040101

FA040472

FA040101

FB710161

FB560339

FB470109

FA240229

FA040682

FA040302

FB470139

FA330122

FA040682

FA040302

79PQ0743

79PQ2556

79PQ0083

79PQ1528

79PQ0083

79PQ2031

79PQ2555

79PQ2571

79PQ1047

79PQ1058

79PQ0114

79PQ0083

79PQ0114

79PQ0083

79PQ0095

79PQ0118

79PQ1025

79PQ0083

79PQ0106

79PQ0083

79PQ0826

79PQ0146

79PQ2568

79PQ0085

79PQ0083

79PQ0169

79PQ0083

79PQ0340

79PQ0083

79PQ0739

79PQ0083

79PQ0081

79PQ0114

79PQ0081

79PQ2805

79PQ0180

79PQ0742

79PQ1031

79PQ0121

79PQ1529

79PQ1648

79PQ1539

79PQ0121

79PQ1529

DESCRIPTION

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 820

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 33K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/2W(T)5%100K

CARBON 1/2W(T) 5% 1K

MOF 2W/M(A) 5% 100K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 1M

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

MOF 1W/M(A) 5% 100OHM

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

MOF 1W/M(A) 5% 10OHM

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 5.6K

RES MOF 1W/M(A) 5% 330H

CARBON 1/2W(T) 5% 33H

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 22H

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

MOF 3W/M(A) 5% 150 OHM

CARBON 1/2W(T) 5% 27H

MOF 3W/M(A) 5% 0.51H

METAL 1/4W(T) 1% 100K

METAL 1/4W(T) 1% 5.6K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 4.7K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 4.7K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 2.2K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 51K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 100OHM

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 4.7K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 100OHM

MOF 3W/M(A) 5% 160 OHM

MOF 2W/M(A) 5% 3.3OHM

RES MOF 1W/M(A) 5% 1H

CARBON 1/4W(T) 5% 2.2H

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 6.8K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 3K

MOF 1W/M(A) 5% 1.3H

CARBON 1/2W (T) 5% 1.2K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 6.8K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 3K

8-39

SYMBOL Part No for NPG Part No for NMV

R510

R511

R512

R513

R514

R515

R516

R517

R518

R519

R520

R521

R522

R523

R524

R525

R526

R411

R412

R413

R414

R415

R501

R502

R503

R504

R505

R506

R507

R508

R509

R527

R528

R529

R530

R531

R533

R601

R602

R603

R604

R614

R615

R616

R617

R618

R619

R627

FA040103

FB245102

FA040153

FA040102

FA040103

FA040223

FA040333

FA040512

FA040222

FA040103

FA040472

FA040102

FA040563

FA040220

FA040103

FC2D0278

FA040222

FA040103

FA040472

FA040332

FA040104

FA040101

FA040223

FA040222

FB242611

FB247250

FA040101

FA040103

FB710561

FA040103

FB440010

FB274702

FB271742

FA040333

FA040103

FA040184

FA040220

FB470242

FA040472

FA040102

FB470242

FA040472

FA040102

FA040103

79PQ0083

79PQ2268

79PQ0090

79PQ0082

79PQ0083

79PQ0096

79PQ0106

79PQ1531

79PQ0095

79PQ0083

79PQ0114

79PQ0082

79PQ0820

79PQ1528

79PQ0083

79PQ2813

79PQ0095

79PQ0083

79PQ0114

79PQ0321

79PQ0084

79PQ0081

79PQ0096

79PQ0095

79PQ0165

79PQ2562

79PQ0081

79PQ0083

79PQ2814

79PQ0083

79PQ2566

79PQ1872

79PQ2563

79PQ0106

79PQ0083

79PQ0092

79PQ1528

79PQ2567

79PQ0114

79PQ0082

79PQ2567

79PQ0114

79PQ0082

79PQ0083

DESCRIPTION

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 2.2K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 4.7K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 3.3K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 100K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 100OHM

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 22K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 2.2K

METAL 1/4W(T) 1% 2.61K

METAL 1/4W(T) 1% 725H

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 100OHM

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

METAL 1/4W(T) 1% 51K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 15K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 1K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 22K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 33K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 5.1K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 2.2K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 4.7K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 1K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 56K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 22H

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

R WOUND 3W/M(A) 5% 0.27K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 2.2K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

MOF 3W/M(A) 5% 560OHM

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

MOF 1W/M(A) 5% 1H

METAL 1/4W/M(T) 1% 47K

METAL 1/4W/M(T) 1% 17.4K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 33K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 180K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 22H

MOF 1W/M(A) 5% 2.4K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 4.7K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 1K

MOF 1W/M(A) 5% 2.4K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 4.7K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 1K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

8-40

SYMBOL Part No for NPG Part No for NMV

R713

R714

R715

R716

R717

R719

R721

R722

R723

R724

R725

R726

R727

R728

R729

R730

R731

R628

R629

R630

R635

R701

R702

R703

R704

R705

R706

R707

R708

R710

R711

R732

R733

R734

R735

R736

R737

R738

R739

R746

R747

R748

R749

R751

R752

R754

R756

R757

FA040103

FA040102

FB272701

FA040472

FB275601

FA040101

FA040472

FA040101

FB271002

FB277500

FA040472

FB272701

FA040472

FA040103

FB560201

FA040102

FA040472

FA040101

FA040472

FA040105

FA040472

FB277500

FA040101

FA040472

FA040471

FA040222

FA040472

FA040103

FB275601

FA040472

FA040103

FA040472

FA040103

FA040472

79PQ0083

79PQ0082

79PQ2564

79PQ0114

79PQ1967

79PQ0081

79PQ0114

79PQ0081

79PQ1862

79PQ2565

79PQ0114

79PQ2564

79PQ0114

79PQ0083

79PQ1474

79PQ0082

79PQ0114

79PQ0081

79PQ0114

79PQ0085

79PQ0114

79PQ2565

79PQ0081

79PQ0114

79PQ0113

79PQ0095

79PQ0114

79PQ0083

79PQ1967

79PQ0114

79PQ0083

79PQ0114

79PQ0083

79PQ0114

DESCRIPTION

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

MOF 2W/M(A) 5% 200OHM

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 1K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 4.7K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 100OHM

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 4.7K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 1M

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 4.7K

METAL 1/4W/M(T) 1% 750H

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 1K

METAL 1/4W/M(T) 1%2.7K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 4.7K

METAL 1/4W/M(T) 1% 5.6K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 100OHM

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 4.7K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 100OHM

METAL 1/4W/M(T) 1% 10K

METAL 1/4W/M(T) 1% 750H

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 4.7K

METAL 1/4W/M(T) 1%2.7K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 4.7K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 100OHM

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 4.7K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 470OHM

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 2.2K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 4.7K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

METAL 1/4W/M(T) 1% 5.6K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 4.7K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 4.7K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 10K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 4.7K

8-41

SYMBOL Part No for NPG Part No for NMV

R760

R762

FA040392

FA040272

79PQ0110

79PQ0100

DESCRIPTION

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 3.9K

CARBON 1/8W(T) 5% 2.7K

C160

C161

C162

C181

C182

C202

C203

C205

C206

C207

C209

C210

C211

C116

C117

C118

C119

C120

C121

C131

C132

C135

C151

C152

C153

C154

C155

C157

C158

C159

*** CAPACITORS ***

C101 GJ047400

C102

C103

GJH102E5

C105

C106

C107

GJH102E5

GKA337E5

C108

C109

C110

C111

C112

C113

C114

C115

GA347625

GB7103H3

GA310655

GA322745

GA310655

GF222252

GB210458

GB715153

GB747153

GF233262

GA347755

GF210452

GA3105E5

GA310555

GJC222E5

GAI10775

GAH47755

GAB10835

GAH22735

GAA10825

GAA10775

GAA47735

GA322635

GA322735

GA347625

GA315725

GA310655

GE210352

GB910358

GA310655

GB910358

GA310655

GB210458

GB910358

79PQ0272

79PQ0274

79PQ0382

79PQ0210

79PQ1746

79PQ0198

79PQ1082

79PQ0198

79PQ0754

79PQ0228

79PQ2582

79PQ0238

79PQ0256

79PQ2578

79PQ0752

79PQ2576

79PQ0196

79PQ0273

79PQ1984

79PQ2806

79PQ0223

79PQ2807

79PQ0218

79PQ1576

79PQ1577

79PQ1743

79PQ1266

79PQ0210

79PQ2577

79PQ0198

79PQ0245

79PQ0242

79PQ0198

79PQ0242

79PQ0198

79PQ0228

79PQ0242

SAFETY X-CAP 0.47U/275V M

SAFE Y-CAP/S 1000P/400V M

POWER ELECT 85C 330U/400V

ELECT 85°C/T 47U/16V M

CERAMIC Y5P(B)/T0.01U/1KV

ELECT 85°C/T 10U/50V M

ELECT 85°C/T 220U/35V M

ELECT 85°C/T 10U/50V M

MEF CAP BOX 0.0022U/50V J

CERAMIC Y5V/T 0.1U/50V Z

CERAMIC Y5P(B)/T 150P/50V

CC Y5P(B)/T 470P/50V K

MEF CAP BOX 0.0033U/63VJ

ELECT 85OC/T 470U/50V M

MEF CAP BOX 0.1U/50V J

ELECT 85OC/T 1U/400V M

ELECT 85°C/T 1U/50V M

SAFE Y-CAP/D 2200P/400V M

ELECT 105 C/T 100U/100V M

ELECT 105OC/A 470U/50V M

ELECT 105°C/A1000U/25V M

ELECT 105OC/A 220U/25V M

ELECT 85°C/A 1000U/16V M

ELECT 85C/ A 100U/100V M

ELECT 85C/A 470U/25V M

ELECT 85C/T 22U/25V M

C,ELEC 220UF 25V M

ELECT 85°C/T 47U/16V M

ELECT 85OC/T 150U/16V M

ELECT 85°C/T 10U/50V M

CQ PEI/T 0.01U/50V J

CC Z5V(F)/T 0.01U/50V Z

ELECT 85°C/T 10U/50V M

CC Z5V(F)/T 0.01U/50V Z

ELECT 85°C/T 10U/50V M

CERAMIC Y5V/T 0.1U/50V Z

CC Z5V(F)/T 0.01U/50V Z

8-42

SYMBOL Part No for NPG Part No for NMV

C275

C276

C277

C278

C279

C27A

C27E

C280

C282

C283

C284

C285

C286

C287

C288

C289

C290

C212

C213

C230

C231

C232

C233

C250

C251

C252

C253

C270

C272

C273

C274

C293

C294

C295

C296

C301

C302

C303

C304

C305

C306

C307

C308

C309

C310

C311

C312

C313

GA410575

GA210575

GB210458

GB910358

GA410575

GA210575

GB210458

GB910358

GA410575

GA310575

GB656052

GA347625

GB910358

GB7102F3

GB7222F3

GA222675

GAA10575

GB7102F3

GB910358

GB618152

GB7102F3

GA310555

GB210458

GB7102F3

GB9332H3

GB9472H3

GB910358

GF210462

GA347625

GB910358

GA322555

GB647152

GA210675

GA347625

GA310725

GB768153

GF210452

GB768153

GF222352

GB710153

GFE102H2

GF233452

GA310555

GA2105D5

GA347655

GA310685

79PQ1717

79PQ1078

79PQ1744

79PQ0234

79PQ0242

79PQ2233

79PQ0234

79PQ0196

79PQ0228

79PQ0234

79PQ0243

79PQ2235

79PQ0242

79PQ0253

79PQ0210

79PQ0242

79PQ0213

79PQ1265

79PQ0228

79PQ0242

79PQ0213

79PQ1265

79PQ0228

79PQ0242

79PQ0213

79PQ0197

79PQ1087

79PQ0210

79PQ0242

79PQ0234

79PQ0202

79PQ1930

79PQ2574

79PQ0210

79PQ0199

79PQ1582

79PQ0752

79PQ1582

79PQ0857

79PQ2580

79PQ2589

79PQ0760

79PQ0196

79PQ2808

79PQ1267

79PQ1081

DESCRIPTION

ELECT NP/T 1U/100V M

C,ELEC 1UF 100V M

CERAMIC Y5V/T 0.1U/50V Z

CC Z5V(F)/T 0.01U/50V Z

ELECT NP/T 1U/100V M

C,ELEC 1UF 100V M

CERAMIC Y5V/T 0.1U/50V Z

CC Z5V(F)/T 0.01U/50V Z

ELECT NP/T 1U/100V M

ELECT 85°C/T 1U/100VM

CERAMIC SL/T 56P/50V

ELECT 85°C/T 47U/16V M

CC Z5V(F)/T 0.01U/50V Z

CC Y5P(B)/T 1000P/500V K

CERAMIC Y5P(B) 2200P/500V

ELECT 105°C/T 22U/100V M

ELECT 85C/A 1U/100V M

CC Y5P(B)/T 1000P/500V K

CC Z5V(F)/T 0.01U/50V Z

CERAMIC SL/T 180P/50V J

CC Y5P(B)/T 1000P/500V K

ELECT 85°C/T 1U/50V M

CERAMIC Y5V/T 0.1U/50V Z

CC Y5P(B)/T 1000P/500V K

CC Z5V(F)/T 3300P/1KV Z

CERAMIC Z5V(F)/T 4700P/1K

CC Z5V(F)/T 0.01U/50V Z

MEF CAP BOX 0.1U/63V J

ELECT 85°C/T 47U/16V M

CC Z5V(F)/T 0.01U/50V Z

ELECT 85°C/T 2.2U/50V M

CERAMIC SL/T 470P/50V J

ELECT 105OC/T 10U/100V M

ELECT 85°C/T 47U/16V M

ELECT 85°C/T 100U/16V M

CERAMIC Y5P(B)/T 680P/50V

MEF CAP BOX 0.1U/50V J

CERAMIC Y5P(B)/T 680P/50V

MEF CAP BOX 0.022U/50V J

CERAMIC Y5P(B)/T 100P/50V

PLASTIC PMS/A 1000P/1KV J

MEF CAP BOX 0.33U/50V J

ELECT 85°C/T 1U/50V M

ELECT 105OC/T 1U/350V M

C,ELEC 47UF 50V M

ELECT 85°C/T 10U/250V M

8-43

SYMBOL Part No for NPG Part No for NMV

C331

C332

C333

C334

C335

C336

C337

C338

C339

C340

C343

C401

C403

C404

C406

C407

C408

C314

C315

C316

C317

C318

C320

C321

C322

C323

C325

C326

C327

C328

C330

C409

C410

C411

C501

C502

C503

C504

C505

C506

C507

C508

C509

C510

C511

C512

C513

C514

GA322555

GA347625

GB910358

GBE332F5

GA310555

GAA22775

GA347625

GB768153

GA322725

GB7101H3

GB910358

GF210452

GA322585

GF210272

GFB10482

GFE622J2

GB210458

GFB22482

GB210458

GFB56482

GA347555

GFB15582

GB210458

GFB10482

GA310655

GA347725

GF222452

GF222252

GB710253

GF215352

GA310555

GF210482

GA310745

GA310725

GA310655

GB639052

GF215452

GF210452

GF282252

GF282352

GE410351

GF247252

GF210352

GB768153

GF210352

GA322655

GF210252

79PQ1209

79PQ1749

79PQ0228

79PQ0889

79PQ0228

79PQ0380

79PQ0208

79PQ2588

79PQ0228

79PQ1209

79PQ0198

79PQ0851

79PQ0756

79PQ0754

79PQ0233

79PQ2585

79PQ0202

79PQ0210

79PQ0242

79PQ2583

79PQ0196

79PQ2579

79PQ0210

79PQ1582

79PQ0204

79PQ1089

79PQ0242

79PQ0752

79PQ0203

79PQ0750

79PQ0196

79PQ1586

79PQ0848

79PQ0199

79PQ0198

79PQ1928

79PQ1098

79PQ0752

79PQ2312

79PQ2587

79PQ2584

79PQ0762

79PQ0751

79PQ1582

79PQ0751

79PQ1122

79PQ0748

DESCRIPTION

ELECT 85°C/T 2.2U/50V M

ELECT 85°C/T 47U/16V M

CC Z5V(F)/T 0.01U/50V Z

CC Z5U(E)/A 3300P/500V M

ELECT 85°C/T 1U/50V M

ELECT 85OC/A 220U/100V M

ELECT 85°C/T 47U/16V M

CERAMIC Y5P(B)/T 680P/50V

ELECT 85°C/T 220U/16V M

CERAMIC 100P/1KV

CC Z5V(F)/T 0.01U/50V Z

MEF CAP BOX 0.1U/50V J

ELECT 85°C/T 2.2U/250V M

MEF CAP BOX 0.001U/100V J

PLASTIC MPP/A 0.10U/250VJ

PLASTIC PMS/A 6200P/2KV J

CERAMIC Y5V/T 0.1U/50V Z

PLASTIC MPP/A 0.22U/250V

CERAMIC Y5V/T 0.1U/50V Z

PLASTIC MPP/A 0.56U/250V

ELECT 85°C/T 4.7U/50V M

PLASTIC MPP/A 1.5U/250V J

CERAMIC Y5V/T 0.1U/50V Z

PLASTIC MPP/A 0.10U/250VJ

ELECT 85°C/T 10U/50V M

ELECT 85C/T 470U/16VM

MEF CAP BOX 0.22U/50V J

MEF CAP BOX 0.0022U/50V J

CC Y5P(B)/T 1000P/50V K

MEF CAP BOX 0.015U/50V J

ELECT 85°C/T 1U/50V M

MEF CAP BOX 0.1U/250V J

ELECT 85C/T 100U/35VM

ELECT 85°C/T 100U/16V M

ELECT 85°C/T 10U/50V M

CERAMIC SL/T 39P/50V J

MEF CAP BOX 0.15U/50V J

MEF CAP BOX 0.1U/50V J

MEF CAP BOX 0.0082U/50V J

MEF CAP BOX 0.082U/50V J

PLASTIC PPN/T 0.01UF/50V

MEF CAP BOX 0.0047U/50V J

MEF CAP BOX 0.01U/50V J

CERAMIC Y5P(B)/T 680P/50V

MEF CAP BOX 0.01U/50V J

ELECT 85°C/T 22U/50V M

MEF CAP BOX 0.001U/50V J

8-44

SYMBOL Part No for NPG Part No for NMV

C612

C613

C614

C615

C616

C701

C702

C703

C704

C705

C706

C709

C710

C716

C717

C718

C719

C720

C515

C516

C517

C518

C519

C520

C521

C522

C523

C524

C601

C602

C603

C611

GA347755

GB7471H3

GFD304E2

GA310725

GB910358

GB610153

GB639052

GA322725

GA322555

GB733153

GA310655

GB733153

GA310655

GB210458

GE210352

GB210458

GA310715

GB633052

GB710153

GB710253

GB210458

GB910358

79PQ0198

79PQ1580

79PQ0198

79PQ0228

79PQ0245

79PQ0228

79PQ1570

79PQ0231

79PQ2580

79PQ0233

79PQ0228

79PQ0242

79PQ2578

79PQ0239

79PQ1624

79PQ0199

79PQ0242

79PQ1578

79PQ1928

79PQ0204

79PQ0202

79PQ1580

DESCRIPTION

ELECT 85OC/T 470U/50V M

CC Y5P(B)/T 470P/1KV K

PLASTIC PMM/T 0.3U/400V J

ELECT 85°C/T 100U/16V M

CC Z5V(F)/T 0.01U/50V Z

CERAMIC SL/T 100P/50V K

CERAMIC SL/T 39P/50V J

ELECT 85°C/T 220U/16V M

ELECT 85°C/T 2.2U/50V M

CERAMIC Y5P(B)/T 330P/50V

ELECT 85°C/T 10U/50V M

CERAMIC Y5P(B)/T 330P/50V

ELECT 85°C/T 10U/50V M

CERAMIC Y5V/T 0.1U/50V Z

CQ PEI/T 0.01U/50V J

CERAMIC Y5V/T 0.1U/50V Z

ELECT 85O C/T 100U/10V M

CERAMIC SL/T 33P/50V J

CERAMIC Y5P(B)/T 100P/50V

CC Y5P(B)/T 1000P/50V K

CERAMIC Y5V/T 0.1U/50V Z

CC Z5V(F)/T 0.01U/50V Z

8-45

9. BLOCK DIAGRAM

KA3842

SMPS

H/HV

SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE

MCU/E²PROM/DDC

MTV212+24C08

MOTHER BOARD

I²C

HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL

SYNC PROCESSOR

TDA 4856

H

V

EW-OUT & HOUT / V.GEOMETRY

DYNAMIC

FOCUSING

VERT OUT

TDA 8172

DC-DC

B+

HOR

DEFLECT-STAGE

OSD

MTV-030

FBLK

KEY-BOARD

D.F

EH.T.

Hi-VOLTAGE

STAGE

RGB OUT

LM2465

CUT-OFF

RGB PREAMP

LM2480

CUT-OFF

LM1267

9-1

10. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM MAIN PWB ASSY (FE991SB/DPlus93SB)

2,3

12,13

30 31

25 26

37,38

10-1

10. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM CRT PWB ASSY (FE991SB/DPlus93SB)

10-2

84V

-14V

5V0-p

WAVE FORM MAIN PWB ASSY (FE991SB/DPlus93SB)

10Vp-p

47kHz

PMS MODE

4Vp-p

ON MODE

27V

5V0-p

15Vp-p

12MHz

6V0-p

5V0-p

14V

5V t

2Vp-p

35us

PMS MODE

ON MODE

5V0-p

12MHz

5V0-p

10-3

-50V0-p

55Vp-p

11V0-p

50V0-p

350Vp-p

540Vp-p

1V0-p

50V0-p

11V0-p

7V0-p

160Vp-p

24V0-p

2V0-p

11V0-p

220V0-p

15Vp-p

40V0-p

890V0-p

3Vp-p

10-4

नमस्ते! मैं एक एआई चैटबॉट हूं जिसे विशेष रूप से NEC MultiSync FE FE991SB के साथ आपकी सहायता करने के लिए प्रशिक्षित किया गया है. मैंने दस्तावेज़ की अच्छी तरह से समीक्षा की है और आपको आवश्यक सटीक जानकारी का पता लगाने या स्पष्ट और सरल शब्दों में सामग्री को समझाने में मदद कर सकता हूं. चाहे आप विशिष्ट सुविधाओं, समस्या निवारण चरणों या सामान्य उपयोग पर मार्गदर्शन की तलाश कर रहे हों, अपने प्रश्न पूछने के लिए स्वतंत्र महसूस करें. आप अपनी चिंताओं या जरूरतों के बारे में जितनी अधिक जानकारी प्रदान करेंगे, उतनी ही सटीक और प्रभावी ढंग से मैं आपकी सहायता कर सकता हूं!

सहायक टाइपिंग कर रहा है

सहायक कीबोर्ड से बाहर है. कृपया, बाद में फिर से प्रयास करें.

विषय सूची

ऐसा लगता है कि आप एक ऐसे दस्तावेज़ पर पहुँच गए हैं जो कई भाषाओं में लिखा गया है, जिसमें एक ऐसी भाषा भी शामिल है जो आपकी मूल भाषा नहीं है. आप अपनी पसंद की भाषा के बिना पृष्ठों को अस्थायी रूप से छिपाने के लिए निम्न लिंक का उपयोग कर सकते हैं.